< Назад | Содержимое | Далее >

ENGINE PERFORMANCE

Engine Controls and Fuel - 1.5L (L3A) - Diagnostic Information and Procedures - Volt

DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES

DTC P0010, P0013, OR P2088-P2091: CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0010

Intake Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit

DTC P0013

Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit

DTC P2088

Intake Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P2089

Intake Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage

DTC P2090

Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P2091

Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

High Resistance


Open

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance


P0010,


P0010,

P0010,


Control

P0013,

P2088,

P0010, P0013,

P2089, P2091

P0013,

P2089,

P0013,

P2089,

P0011, P0014


P2090


P2091

P2091



Circuit

Short to Ground

High Resistance


Open

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance


Low Reference


-


P0010, P0013, P2089, P2091

P0010, P0013, P2089, P2091


-


-


Circuit/System Description


The camshaft position actuator system enables the engine control module (ECM) to change the timing of the camshafts while the engine is operating. The camshaft position actuator solenoid valves are each supplied a dedicated pulse width modulated (PWM) control circuit and low reference circuit from the ECM. The ECM operates each camshaft position actuator solenoid valve by controlling the amount of solenoid valve duty cycle to control the oil flow that applies the pressure to advance or retard the camshafts.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image The ignition voltage is greater than 11 V

image The ignition switch is in the crank or run position.

image The ECM has commanded the camshaft position actuator solenoid valve On.

The DTCs run continuously once the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match for greater than 5 s.

Actions Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs listed in the DTC Descriptor Category=Type A DTC - Exceptions listed below If equipped with a turbocharger=Type A DTC

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs listed in the DTC Descriptor Category=Type B DTC - Exceptions listed below If equipped with a turbocharger=Type A DTC

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Component View Reference

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

Camshaft Actuator System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


NOTE: If a crankshaft or camshaft position sensor DTC is set, the Camshaft Position Actuator output control will not function.


1. Ignition On/Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC P0335, P0336, P0340, or P0341 is not set.

image If the DTC is set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If the DTC is not set

3. Engine Running.

4. Verify the scan tool parameters listed below do not display Malfunction while commanding the appropriate Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve On and Off:

image Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Open Test Status image Intake Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Open Test Status

image Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status image Intake Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status

image Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status image Intake Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status

image If Malfunction is displayed

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

5. Verify that none of the scan tool Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Test Status parameters change from OK or Not Run to Malfunction while moving the related harness/connectors of the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valves.

image If Malfunction is displayed

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

6. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

7. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

8. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Ignition/Vehicle Off and all vehicle systems Off, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.

2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 2 or B and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Ignition/Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 5 Ω

3. Engine Running.

4. Verify the appropriate scan tool Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status does not display Malfunction.

image If Malfunction is displayed

1. Ignition/Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, ignition On/Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground.

image If greater than 1 V, repair the short to voltage on the control circuit. image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

5. Ignition/Vehicle Off, install a 5 A fused jumper wire between the control circuit terminal 1 or A and B+, engine Running.

6. Verify the appropriate scan tool Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage

Test Status displays Malfunction.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

1. Ignition/Vehicle Off, remove the fused jumper, and disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the control circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the control circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If Malfunction is displayed

7. Test or replace the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.


Component Testing

1. Ignition/Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.

2. Test for 7-12 Ω between the control terminal 1 or A and the low reference circuit terminal 2 or B.

image If not between 7-12 Ω

Replace the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.

image If between 7-12 Ω

3. Test for infinite resistance between each terminal and the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve housing.

image If not infinite resistance

Replace the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.

image If infinite resistance

4. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Intake

image Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Exhaust

image Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.

DTC P0011 OR P0014: INTAKE/EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0011

Intake Camshaft Position System Performance

DTC P0014

Exhaust Camshaft Position System Performance

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

Intake Actuator Solenoid Control

P0010

P0010

P0010

P0011

Exhaust Actuator Solenoid Control

P0013

P0013

P0013

P0014

Intake Actuator Solenoid Low Reference

-

P0010, P0011

-

P0011

Exhaust Actuator Solenoid Low Reference

-

P0013, P0014

-

P0014

Circuit/System Description


The camshaft position actuator system enables the engine control module (ECM) to change the timing of the camshafts while the engine is operating. The camshaft position actuator solenoid valves are each supplied a dedicated pulse width modulated (PWM) control circuit and low reference circuit from the ECM. The ECM operates each camshaft position actuator solenoid valve by controlling the amount of solenoid valve signal duty cycle to control the oil flow that applies the pressure to advance or retard the camshafts.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTC P0010, P0013, P2088, P2089, P2090 or P2091 is not set.

image The engine is running.

image The ignition voltage is greater than 11 V. image The camshaft position actuator is enabled.

image The desired camshaft position variation is less than 3° for 4 s.

The DTCs run continuously once the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM detects a difference of greater than 8° between the camshaft position angle position and the desired camshaft position for greater than 30 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

image DTCs listed in the DTC Descriptor Category=Type B DTC - Exceptions listed below If equipped with a turbocharger=Type A DTC

image The camshaft position actuator solenoid valve - intake and camshaft position actuator solenoid valve - exhaust are commanded to the park position.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs listed in the DTC Descriptor Category=Type B DTC - Exceptions listed below If equipped with a turbocharger=Type A DTC

Diagnostic Aids


image A low oil level or condition may set this DTC.

image Inspect the engine for any recent engine mechanical repairs. An incorrectly installed camshaft, camshaft actuator, or timing chain can cause this DTC to set.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Component View Reference

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

Camshaft Actuator System Description

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Circuit/System Verification


NOTE: image The engine oil level and the oil pressure are critical to the correct operation of the camshaft position actuator system. Verify that the engine has the correct oil level and the correct oil pressure before continuing with this diagnostic.

image The engine oil condition has a major impact on the camshaft actuator system. Debris in the oil can interfere with the camshaft position actuator solenoid and the mechanical camshaft actuator operation. Inspect for dirty or degraded crankcase oil. The engine may require an oil change. Inquire

with the customer when the last oil change was performed. You may also monitor the scan tool Engine Oil Life Remaining parameter. Advise the customer an oil change may be required.


1. Verify the engine has the proper oil condition, level, and pressure. Refer to Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing .

image If the oil condition, level, and oil pressure are not correct

Repair as necessary

image If the oil condition, level, and oil pressure are correct

2. Verify DTC P0010, P0011, P0013, P0014, P0016, P0017, P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0365, P0366,

P2088, P2089, P2090 or P2091 is not set.

image If any DTCs other than P0011 or P0014 are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.

image If only DTC P0011 or P0014 is set

1. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

2. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets, refer to Circuit/System Testing. image If the DTC does not set, all OK.

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: You must complete the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing


1. Ignition/Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve, ignition On/vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the control circuit terminal 1 or A and ground when commanding the appropriate Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve On with a scan tool.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate

1. Ignition/Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the control circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance or short to ground in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If the test lamp illuminates

3. Ignition/Vehicle Off.

4. Remove the appropriate Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve. Inspect the Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve and mounting area for the following conditions:

image For a torn, restricted, incorrect positioned, or missing screens at the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve

image For engine oil leaks between the oil sealing lands of the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve

image For oil seepage at the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve connector

image If a condition is found

Replace the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.

image If a condition is not found


NOTE: This step is testing the mechanical operation of the camshaft position actuator solenoid valve that set the DTC.


5. Exchange the suspected Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve with a Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve that is operating correctly.

6. Engine Running.

7. Command the appropriate camshaft position actuator from 0 degrees to 20 degrees and back to zero while observing the appropriate scan tool Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position Variance parameters. The Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position Variance should be less than 2 degrees in each of the commanded states.

image If the Camshaft Position Variance parameter is greater than 2 degrees

Replace or repair the mechanical camshaft position actuator

image If the Camshaft Position Variance parameter is less than 2 degrees

8. Test or replace the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.


Component Testing

1. Ignition/Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.

2. Test for 7 - 12 Ω between the control terminal 1 or A and the low reference terminal 2 or B.

image If not between 7 - 12 Ω

Replace the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.

image If between 7 - 12 Ω

3. Test for infinite resistance between each terminal and the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve housing.

image If not infinite resistance

Replace the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.

image If infinite resistance

4. All OK.

Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

image Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Intake

image Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Exhaust

image Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup

DTC P0016 OR P0017: CRANKSHAFT POSITION

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0016

Crankshaft Position - Intake Camshaft Position Not Plausible

DTC P0017

Crankshaft Position - Exhaust Camshaft Position Not Plausible

Circuit/System Description


The engine control module (ECM) uses the crankshaft position sensor, intake camshaft position sensor, and exhaust camshaft position sensor information to monitor the correlation between the crankshaft, intake camshaft, and exhaust camshaft position.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTC P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0365, P0366, P0641, and P0651 are not set.

image The engine is cranking or running.

image The crankshaft and camshaft position signals are synchronized.

image The camshaft position actuator solenoid valves are in the parked position.

The DTCs run continuously once the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM detects a camshaft that is greater than 8 degrees advanced or 9 degrees retarded in relationship to the crankshaft.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P0016 and P0017 are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

DTCs P0016 and P0017 are Type B DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


image Inspect the engine for any recent engine mechanical repairs. An incorrectly installed timing chain can cause this DTC to set.

image A camshaft position actuator solenoid valve that is in the full advance or retard position can cause this DTC to set.

image The Camshaft Position Variance data parameter can be used to detect a binding camshaft position mechanical actuator which can cause this DTC to set.

Reference Information


Description and Operation

Camshaft Actuator System Description

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC P0010, P0013, P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0365, or P0366 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. Engine Running at normal operating temperature.

4. Verify DTC P0016 or P0017 is not set.

image If the DTC is set

Inspect for the following and repair as necessary:

image A Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve that is stuck in the full advance or retard position. image The correct installation of the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valves.

image The correct installation of the B23 Camshaft Position Sensors. image The correct installation of the B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor. image A timing chain tensioner condition.

image An incorrectly installed timing chain. image Excessive play in the timing chain.

image A timing chain that jumped teeth.

image A crankshaft reluctor wheel that has moved in relationship to top dead center (TDC) on the crankshaft.

image If the DTC is not set

5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

6. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

A mechanical condition listed above still exists.

image If the DTC does not set

7. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Exhaust image Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Intake

image Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Exhaust image Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Intake

image Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement

image Camshaft Timing Chain and Sprocket Cleaning and Inspection

DTC P0030-P0032, P0036-P0038, P0053, P0054, P0135, OR P0141: HO2S HEATER

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0030

HO2S Heater Control Circuit Sensor 1

DTC P0031

HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low Voltage Sensor 1

DTC P0032

HO2S Heater Control Circuit High Voltage Sensor 1

DTC P0036

HO2S Heater Control Circuit Sensor 2

DTC P0037

HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low Voltage Sensor 2

DTC P0038

HO2S Heater Control Circuit High Voltage Sensor 2

DTC P0053

HO2S Heater Resistance Sensor 1

DTC P0054

HO2S Heater Resistance Sensor 2

DTC P0135

HO2S Heater Performance Sensor 1

DTC P0141

HO2S Heater Performance Sensor 2

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance


HO2S Heater Voltage Supply

P0030, P0036, P0037, P0132, P0135, P0138, P0141, *

P0030, P0036, P0132, P0135, P0138, P0141


P0690


P0135, P0141


HO2S Heater Control

P0030, P0031, P0036, P0037, P0053, P0054, P0135, P0141


P0030, P0036, P0132, P0135, P0138, P0141

P0030, P0032, P0036, P0038, P0132, P0135, P0138, P0141, P0690


P0135, P0141

* Opens Fuse

Circuit/System Description


Heated oxygen sensors (HO2S) are used for fuel control and post-catalyst monitoring. Each HO2S compares the oxygen content of the surrounding air with the oxygen content in the exhaust stream. Each HO2S must reach operating temperature to provide an accurate voltage signal. A heating element inside each of the HO2S minimizes the time required for the sensor to reach operating temperature. Voltage is provided to the heater by an ignition voltage circuit through a fuse. With the engine running, ground is provided to the heater by the HO2S heater low control circuit, through a low side driver within the ECM. The ECM uses pulse-width modulation (PWM) to control the HO2S heater operation to maintain a specific HO2S operating temperature range.

Conditions for Running the DTC

P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037 and P0038

image The Ignition voltage is between 11 - 32 V. image The engine speed is greater than 400 RPM.

image The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met for greater than 5 s.

P0053 and P0054

image DTCs P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0119 or P2610 are not set.

image The Ignition voltage is less than 32 V.

image The Ignition is OFF for greater than 8 h. image The engine is running.

image The engine coolant temperature and the intake air temperature (IAT) are within 8°C (14°F). image The engine coolant temperature is between -30 to +255°C (-22 to +491°F).

image The DTCs run once per valid cold start-up when the above conditions are met.

P0135 and P0141

image DTCs P0116, P0117, P0118, P0119 or P0128 are not set.

image The Ignition voltage is between 10 - 32 V.

image The heated oxygen sensor heaters are at operating temperature. image The scan tool HO2S Heater device control is not active.

image The commanded HO2S heater duty cycle is greater than 0%.

image The DTCs run twice per drive cycle when the above conditions are met for greater than 120 s.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037 and P0038

The ECM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match for greater than 5 s.

P0053 and P0054

The ECM detects the HO2S heater is not within a specified resistance range at engine start-up.

P0135 and P0141

The ECM detects the HO2S heater current is less than 0.30 A or greater than 2.5 A for greater than 10 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037, P0038, P0053, P0054, P0135, and P0141 are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037, P0038, P0053, P0054, P0135, and P0141 are Type B DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


image If the condition is intermittent, move the related harnesses and connectors, with the engine operating, while monitoring the scan tool circuit status parameters for the component. The circuit status parameters will change from OK or Not Run to Malfunction if there is a condition with the circuit or a connection.

image An open fuse in the HO2S heater circuit may be caused by the heater element in one of the sensors. The condition may not be present until the sensor operates for a period of time. If no fault is present in the heater circuit, monitor the amperage of each heater with a scan tool to determine if one of the heater elements is the cause of the open fuse. Inspect the sensor pigtail or the harness for contacting the exhaust system.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Engine running.

2. Verify the parameters listed below do not display Malfunction.

image HO2S 1 or 2 Heater Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status image HO2S 1 or 2 Heater Control Circuit Open Voltage Test Status image HO2S 1 or 2 Heater Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status image If Malfunction is displayed

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

3. Verify the scan tool HO2S 1 Heater or HO2S 2 Heater is between 0.3 - 2.4 A.

image If not between 0.3 - 2.4 A

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If between 0.3 - 2.4 A

4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

5. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

6. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate B52 Heated Oxygen Sensor, Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition voltage circuit terminal 2 and ground.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good

1. Vehicle OFF.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ignition circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open

1. Vehicle OFF.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance, test all components connected to the fuse and replace as necessary.

image If the test lamp illuminates

3. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the ignition voltage circuit terminal 2 and the control circuit terminal 1.

image If the test lamp illuminates

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate

4. Remove the test lamp.

5. Engine running, verify the scan tool HO2S 1 or 2 Heater Control Circuit Open Test Status parameter displays Malfunction.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If Malfunction is displayed


NOTE: image Less than 10 Ω of additional resistance on the ignition voltage circuit or control circuit may set a DTC. If there is resistance on a circuit, the driver will remain ON and the scan tool HO2S High Voltage Test Status parameter will display OK.

image Performing this test may set additional DTCs.


6. Vehicle OFF, install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the control circuit terminal 1 and ground, engine running.

7. Verify the scan tool HO2S 1 or 2 Heater Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status parameter displays Malfunction.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the control circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If Malfunction is displayed

8. Test or replace the B52 Heated Oxygen Sensor.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1 image Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2

image Perform the scan tool Heated Oxygen Sensor Resistance Learn Reset after replacing a HO2S.

image Control Module References for ECM replacement, programming and setup

DTC P0089, P00C6, P228C, OR P228D: FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors

DTC P0089

Fuel Pressure Regulator Performance

DTC P00C6

Fuel Rail Pressure Low During Engine Cranking

DTC P228C

Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Performance - Low Pressure

DTC P228D

Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Performance - High Pressure

Circuit/System Description


The high fuel pressure necessary for direct injection is supplied by the high pressure fuel pump. The high pressure fuel pump is mounted on the rear of the engine and is driven by a four-lobe cam on the camshaft. This high pressure fuel pump also regulates the fuel pressure using an actuator in the form of an internal solenoid- controlled valve. In order to keep the engine running efficiently under all operating conditions, the engine control module (ECM) requests pressure ranging from 2 to 15 MPa (290 to 2, 176 PSI), depending on engine speed and load. Output drivers in the ECM provide the high pressure fuel pump control circuit with a 12 V pulse-width modulated (PWM) signal, which regulates fuel pressure by opening and closing the control valve at specific times during pump strokes. This effectively regulates the portion of each pump stroke that is delivered to the fuel rail. The high pressure fuel pump is normally closed and will not deliver an increase in fuel pressure when the control solenoid is NOT powered. In the event of pump control failure, the high pressure system is protected by a relief valve in the pump that prevents the pressure from exceeding 24 MPa (3, 481 PSI).

The fuel rail pressure sensor provides the feedback necessary to the ECM to control the high pressure fuel pump and the fuel injectors. The sensor is diagnosed separately from the fuel pressure control system.

The ECM monitors the fuel rail pressure sensor and the high pressure fuel pump solenoid to determine if the commanded and actual pressures are within a predetermined range during engine cranking and at all times while the engine is running. The ECM also monitors the high pressure fuel pump solenoid to make sure it is operating within expected limits.

Conditions for Running the DTC


P0089, P228C, or P228D

image DTC P0016, P0017, P0090, P0091, P0092, P00C8, P00C9, P00CA, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0128, P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0365, P0366, P0627, P0628, P0629, P111E, P128A,

P128B, P128F, P1682, P16E4, or P16E5 are not present.

image Battery voltage is greater than 11 V.

image The engine has been running for greater than or equal to 10 s. image Low side fuel pressure is greater than 300 kPa (44 PSI).

image Barometric (BARO) pressure is greater than or equal to 70 kPa.

image Intake air temperature (IAT) is warmer than or equal to -10°C (14°F). image Fuel temperature is between -10°C and +132°C (14°F and 270°F). image Vehicle is not in a low fuel condition

image The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P00C6

image DTC P0016, P0017, P0090, P0091, P0092, P00C8, P00C9, P00CA, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0128, P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0365, P0366, P0627, P0628, P0629, P111E, P128A,

P128B, P128F, P1682, P16E4, or P16E5 are not present.

image Ignition voltage is greater than 8 V.

image Engine coolant temperature is between -42°C and +130°C (43°F and 266°F). image Low side fuel pressure is greater than 0 kPa (0 PSI).

image Barometric (BARO) pressure is greater than or equal to 70 kPa.

image Intake air temperature (IAT) is warmer than or equal to -10°C (14°F). image Vehicle is not in a low fuel condition

image The diagnostic runs once for each engine start.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0089

image The high pressure fuel pump has exceeded the control limits. This condition exists when the scan tool Fuel Rail Pressure Regulator Command parameter is 0° or greater than 92°.

image The above condition exists for 750 out of 938 counts, approximately 30 s at idle.

P00C6 Condition 1

image If the fuel rail pressure is less than the target set point before the engine is cranked, the pressure rise diagnostic is used.

image The pressure rise diagnostic will fail if the fuel rail pressure has not increased to the target set point within 9 s at -16°C (3.2°F) ECT or within 4 s if ECT is greater than 0°C (32°F).

P00C6 Condition 2

image If the fuel rail pressure is greater than the target set point before the engine is cranked, the pressure fall diagnostic is used.

image The pressure fall diagnostic will fail if the fuel rail pressure has dropped below 2 MPa (290 PSI) for 10 engine cycles if the ECT is less than -16°C (3.2°F) or 0.6 MPa (87 PSI) for 10 engine cycles if the ECT is greater than -16°C (3.2°F).

P228C

image The fuel rail pressure is 3 MPa (435 PSI) less than the desired fuel rail pressure. image The above condition exists for 750 out of 938 counts, approximately 30 s at idle.

P228D

image The fuel rail pressure is 3 MPa (435 PSI) greater than the desired fuel rail pressure. image The above condition exists for 750 out of 938 counts, approximately 30 s at idle.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


image DTCs P0089 and P00C6 are Type B DTCs. image DTCs P228C and P228D are Type A DTCs.

image A message center or an indicator displays Propulsion Power is Reduced and Service Stabilitrak. image Scan tool control of the high pressure fuel pump is inhibited.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


image DTCs P0089 and P00C6 are Type B DTCs. image DTCs P228C and P228D are Type A DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


image Any problem with the camshaft may set fuel pressure DTCs due to the location and design of the high pressure fuel pump. If camshaft position control DTCs are current or in history, a cam control issue may be the root cause.

image A faulty valve, plunger, or solenoid in the high pressure fuel pump may set a DTC. High pressure fuel pump damage will most likely be undetectable upon visual inspection.

image A restricted fuel feed pipe between the fuel feed pipe fuel pressure sensor and the high pressure fuel pump may set a DTC.

image A leaking or restricted fuel injector may set a DTC.

image A leak in the high pressure fuel system may set a DTC. image Vapor lock may set DTC P0089.

image For DTC P00C6, park the vehicle outdoors overnight and perform a start in the morning.


Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Fuel System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections

image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Engine running.

2. Verify DTCs P0089, P00C6, P228C, and P228D are not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. Verify the scan tool Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameter is approximately 1.9 - 5.0 MPa (276 - 725 PSI).

image If not between 1.9 - 5.0 MPa (276 - 725 PSI)

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If between 1.9 - 5.0 MPa (276 - 725 PSI)

4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

5. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

6. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: Circuit/System Verification must be performed first or misdiagnosis may result.


1. Remove the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.

2. Verify the lobes on the camshaft do not have unusual wear or are worn.

image If the lobes have unusual wear or are worn

Replace the Camshaft.

image If the lobes are OK

3. Test or replace the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.

Component Testing

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.


NOTE: The DMM and test leads must be calibrated to 0 Ω in order to prevent misdiagnosis.


2. Test for 1.09 - 1.21 Ω at 20°C (68°F) between the high control circuit terminal 2 and the low control circuit terminal 1.

image If not between 1.09 - 1.21 Ω

Replace the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.

image If between 1.09 - 1.21 Ω

3. Test for infinite resistance between each terminal and the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump housing.

image If less than infinite resistance

Replace the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.

image If infinite resistance

4. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Fuel Injection Pump Replacement image Intake Camshaft Replacement

DTC P0090-P0092, P00C8, P00C9, OR P00CA: FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0090

Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit

DTC P0091

Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0092

Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit High Voltage

DTC P00C8

Fuel Pressure Regulator High Control Circuit

DTC P00C9

Fuel Pressure Regulator High Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P00CA

Fuel Pressure Regulator High Control Circuit High Voltage

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

High Control

P0091, P00C9

P0090, P00C8

P0092, P00CA, P0690

-

Low Control

P0091, P00C9

P0090, P00C8

P0092, P00CA, P0690

-

Circuit/System Description


The high fuel pressure necessary for direct injection is supplied by the high pressure fuel pump. The high pressure fuel pump is mounted on the rear of the engine and is driven by a three-lobe cam on the camshaft. This high pressure fuel pump also regulates the fuel pressure using an actuator in the form of an internal solenoid- controlled valve. In order to keep the engine running efficiently under all operating conditions, the engine control module (ECM) requests pressure ranging from 2 - 15 MPa (290 - 2, 176 psi), depending on engine speed and load. Output drivers in the ECM provide the pump control circuit with a 12 V pulse-width modulated (PWM) signal, which regulates fuel pressure by closing and opening the control valve at specific times during pump strokes. This effectively regulates the portion of each pump stroke that is delivered to the fuel rail.

It is important to note that the high pressure fuel pump is a trailing-edge control system, meaning that if the control solenoid is NOT powered, the pump operates at maximum flow rate. In the event of pump control failure, the high pressure system is protected by a relief valve in the pump that prevents the pressure from exceeding 17.5 MPa (2, 538 psi).

NOTE: The fuel rail pressure sensor is diagnosed separately from the fuel pressure control system and should not be replaced for any codes referenced in this document.


The fuel rail fuel pressure sensor operates on a 5 V reference circuit and it provides the feedback necessary to the ECM to control the high pressure fuel pump and the fuel injectors.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image Battery voltage is greater than or equal to 11 V.

image Engine speed is greater than or equal to 50 RPM.

image The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0090

The ECM detects an open circuit in the high pressure fuel pump actuator low control circuit for 4 s.

P0091

The ECM detects a short to ground in the high pressure fuel pump actuator low control circuit for 4 s.

P0092

The ECM detects a short to voltage in the high pressure fuel pump actuator low control circuit for 4 s.

P00C8

The ECM detects an open circuit in the high pressure fuel pump actuator high control circuit for 4 s.

P00C9

The ECM detects a short to ground in the high pressure fuel pump actuator high control circuit for 4 s.

P00CA

The ECM detects a short to voltage in the high pressure fuel pump actuator high control circuit for 4 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P0090, P0091, P0092, P00C8, P00C9, and P00CA are Type A DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P0090, P0091, P0092, P00C8, P00C9, and P00CA are Type A DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


image Before performing any circuit testing, ensure that the harness connector for the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump is properly seated.

image Before performing any circuit testing, visually inspect the harness connector and the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump connector for damage or bent pins.

image Circuit faults in the high pressure fuel control system may result in performance diagnostic failures, such as P0089, P00C6, P163A, P228C, or P228D. If any of the circuit DTCs referenced in this document are active, they take priority over any fuel system performance diagnostic. Always attempt to diagnose and repair circuit faults first, before reviewing other system DTCs.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Fuel System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC P0685 or P1682 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to DTC P0685-P0690, P1682, P16A7, P16AF, or P16B3 for further diagnosis.

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. Verify the scan tool parameters listed below do not display Malfunction. image Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status image Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit Open Test Status

image Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status

image Fuel Pressure Regulator High Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status image Fuel Pressure Regulator High Control Circuit Open Test Status

image Fuel Pressure Regulator High Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status

image If Malfunction is displayed

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

5. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

6. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump, Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the high control circuit terminal 2 and ground.

image If the test lamp illuminates

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the high control circuit and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate

3. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the low control circuit terminal 1 and ground.

image If the test lamp illuminates

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the low control circuit and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate

4. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the high control circuit terminal 2 and B+.

image If the test lamp illuminates

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the high control circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate

5. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the low control circuit terminal 1 and B+.

image If the test lamp illuminates

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the low control circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate

6. Remove the test lamp, connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the high control circuit terminal 2 and ground.

7. Engine Running.

8. Verify the Fuel Pressure Regulator High Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status transitions from OK to Malfunction.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the fused jumper, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the high control circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If Malfunction is displayed

9. Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the low control circuit terminal 1 and B+.

10. Verify the Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status transitions from OK to Malfunction.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the fused jumper, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low control circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If Malfunction is displayed

11. Test or replace the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.


Component Testing


1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.


NOTE: The DMM and test leads must be calibrated to 0 Ω in order to prevent misdiagnosis.


2. Test for 1.09 - 1.21 Ω at 20°C (68°F) between the high control circuit terminal 2 and the low control circuit terminal 1.

image If not between 1.09 - 1.21 Ω

Replace the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.

image If between 1.09 - 1.21 Ω

3. Test for infinite resistance between each terminal and the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump housing.

image If less than infinite resistance

Replace the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.

image If infinite resistance

4. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Fuel Injection Pump Replacement

image Control Module References for K20 Engine Control Module replacement, setup, and programming

DTC P0096 OR P0111: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR 2 PERFORMANCE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0096

Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 Performance

DTC P0111

Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 1 Performance

Diagnostic Fault Information


IAT Sensor 1


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

Signal

P0112, P0114, P2199

P0111, P0113, P0114, P2199

P0113*, P0114, P2199

P0111, P2199

Low Reference

-

P0113, P2199, P2227, P2229

P0113*, P0114

-

*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+.

IAT Sensor 2 and Intake Air Humidity


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance


Ignition Voltage

P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199

P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199


-


P0096


Signal

P0097, P00F4, P2199

P0097, P00F4, P2199

P0097*, P00F4*, P2199*


P0096

Ground

-

P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102,

-

P0096


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance



P2199



*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+.


Typical Scan Tool Data


IAT Sensor 1


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open or High Resistance


Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: Engine Running

Parameter Normal Range: Varies with ambient temperature

Signal

150°C (302°F)

-40°C (-40°F)

-40°C (-40°F)*

Low Reference

-

-40°C (-40°F)

-40°C (-40°F)*

*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+

IAT Sensor 2 and Intake Air Humidity Sensor


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open or High Resistance


Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: Engine Running

Parameter Normal Range: Varies with ambient humidity, temperature, and engine bay conditions


Ignition Voltage

-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz

0%

-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz

0%


-


Signal

-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz

100%

-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz

0%

-40°C (-40°F)

10 Hz*

0%


Ground


-

-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz

0%


-

*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+

Circuit/System Description


The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 1 is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the air in the sensor bore. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 V to the IAT sensor 1 signal circuit and a ground for the IAT sensor 1 low reference circuit. The signal varies with inlet air temperature and is displayed by the scan tool as °C (°F).

The IAT sensor 2 produces a frequency signal, based on the inlet air temperature, which is equal to the humidity present within the sensor bore. The signal varies with inlet air temperature and is displayed by the scan tool as °C (°F) and Hertz (Hz) and the relative humidity is displayed in percent (%). The ECM supplies a regulated voltage to the signal circuit. The signal circuit is shared by the IAT sensor 2 and the humidity sensor. Ignition voltage and ground circuits are also supplied to the multifunction intake air sensor's internal circuits for these sensors:

image IAT sensor 2

image Humidity sensor image MAF sensor

The multifunction intake air sensor houses the following:

image IAT sensor 1

image IAT sensor 2

image Humidity sensor image MAF sensor

image BARO pressure sensor

IAT Sensor 1 - Temperature, Resistance, Voltage Table

IAT Sensor 1

IAT Sensor 1 Resistance

IAT Sensor 1 Signal Voltage

Cold

High

High

Warm

Low

Low

IAT Sensor 2 - Temperature, Frequency Table

IAT Sensor 2

IAT Sensor 2 Frequency

IAT Sensor 2 Temperature

Cold

10 Hz

-40°C (-40°F)

Warm

302 Hz

104°C (219°F)

Conditions for Running the DTCs


P0096 and P0111

image DTCs P0097, P0098, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0117, P00F4, P00F5, P00F6, P0118, P0119, or P1682 are

not set.

image The vehicle has been OFF at least 8 hours. image Ignition voltage is at least 11 V.

image The DTCs run once per ignition cycle when the conditions above are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTCs


P0096

image The ECM determines the absolute difference between IAT sensor 1 start-up temperature and the IAT sensor 2 start-up temperature is greater than 25°C (45°F).

AND

image The absolute difference between ECT start-up temperature and the IAT sensor 2 start-up temperature is greater or equal to the absolute difference between ECT start-up temperature and the IAT sensor 1 start- up temperature.

image The DTCs run once per ignition cycle when the conditions above are met.

P0111

image The ECM determines the absolute difference between IAT sensor 1 start-up temperature and the IAT sensor 2 start-up temperature is greater than 25°C (45°F).

AND

image The absolute difference between ECT start-up temperature and the IAT sensor 1 start-up temperature is greater or equal to the absolute difference between ECT start-up temperature and the IAT 2 start-up temperature.

image The DTCs run once per ignition cycle when the conditions above are met.


Action Taken When the DTC Sets


image DTC P0096 is a Type B DTC. image DTC P0111 is a Type B DTC.

image The ECM commands the cooling fans ON.


Conditions for Clearing the DTCs


image DTC P0096 is a Type B DTC. image DTC P0111 is a Type B DTC.

Diagnostic Aids


The humidity sensor and the IAT sensor 2 signals are sent to the ECM on the same circuit. If the IAT Sensor 2 parameter displays the values: 10 Hz; -40°C (-40°F), and there are also Humidity Sensor DTCs, check for a circuit problem.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

Powertrain Component Views

Powertrain Component Views

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information Special Tools

EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode

2. Verify that DTC DTC P0097, P0098, P0099, P00F4, P00F5, P00F6, P0102, P0103, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3 or P06D2 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.

image If none of the DTCs are set


NOTE: To minimize the effects of residual engine heat and sensor internal heating elements, perform Steps 3 and 4 of this verification procedure only if the ignition has been OFF for 8 hours or more.


3. Verify the following scan tool parameters are within 30°C (54°F) of each other. image Start-Up IAT Sensor 1

image IAT Sensor 2

image If not within 30°C (54°F)

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If within 30°C (54°F)

4. Vehicle ON, verify the following scan tool parameters are between: -38 and +149°C (-36 and

+300°F).

image IAT Sensor 1

image IAT Sensor 2

image If not between: -38 and +149°C (-36 and +300°F)

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If between: -38 and +149°C (-36 and +300°F)

5. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the freeze frame/failure records data.

6. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

7. All OK


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing.


1. Check the integrity of the entire air induction system and verify that none of the following conditions exist:

image A restricted or collapsed air intake duct image An intake manifold leak

image A misaligned or damaged air intake duct

image Any water intrusion in the induction system

image If a condition exists

Repair or replace component as necessary.

image If no condition exists

2. Vehicle OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, it may take up to 2 min. for all vehicle systems to power down. Disconnect the harness connector at the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.

3. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 3 and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 5 Ω

4. Vehicle OFF, all vehicle systems OFF, test for less than 5 Ω between the ground circuit terminal 7 and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ground circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection.

image If less than 5 Ω

5. Vehicle in Service Mode.

6. Verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal 5 and ground.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp and remove the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ignition voltage circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit, and disconnect all components on the circuit.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition voltage circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance, test all components connected to the ignition circuit, replace as necessary.

image If a test lamp illuminates

7. Vehicle in Service Mode.

8. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 parameter is colder than -39°C (-38°F).

image If warmer than -39°C (-38°F).

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground. image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If colder than -39°C (-38°F).

9. Vehicle OFF, install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the IAT 1 signal circuit terminal 1 and the low reference circuit terminal 3, vehicle in Service Mode.

10. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 parameter is warmer than 148°C (298°F).

image If colder than 148°C (298°F).

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the jumper wire, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V

3. Vehicle OFF.

4. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If warmer than 148°C (298°F).

11. Vehicle in Service Mode.


NOTE: The intake air temperature sensor 2 signal circuit is pulled up with low current voltage within the controller. Normally, a voltage near B+ can be measured on the circuit with a DMM, but the current will not be high enough to illuminate a test lamp.

12. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Humidity Sensor parameter is less than 1%.

image If 1% or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the IAT 2 signal circuit terminal 8 and ground. image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 1%

13. Vehicle OFF, install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the IAT 2 signal circuit terminal 8 and the low reference circuit terminal 3, vehicle in Service Mode.

14. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Humidity Sensor parameter is greater than 99%.

image If 99% or less


NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the engine control module or the sensor may be damaged.


1. Vehicle OFF, remove the jumper wire and disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the IAT 2 signal circuit terminal 8 and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V.

3. Vehicle OFF.

4. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 99%

15. Test or replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.


Component Testing


Multifunction Intake Air Sensor

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor.

2. Connect a DMM between the IAT sensor 1 signal terminal 1 and the low reference terminal 3


NOTE: A thermometer can be used to test the sensor off the vehicle.


3. Test the IAT sensor 1 by varying the sensor temperature while monitoring the sensor resistance. Compare the readings with the Temperature Versus Resistance - Intake Air Temperature Sensor (Hitachi sensor) table for Hitachi Sensors. The resistance values should be in range of the table values.

image If not within the specified range

Replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor.

image If within the specified range

4. All OK.

Multifunction Intake Air Sensor

1. Test the IAT Sensor 2 by varying the sensor temperature while monitoring the air temperature with a thermometer. Compare the readings with the scan tool IAT Sensor 2 parameter. The values should be within 5%.

image If not within the specified range

Replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor.

image If within the specified range

2. All OK.

Testing with EL-38522-A


NOTE: In-correct diagnosis will result if Circuit/System Testing is not completed before performing the following test.


1. Perform the following test using a EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator or equivalent, if available.

2. Vehicle OFF, connect the leads of the EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator as follows:

1. Red lead to the signal circuit terminal 8 at the harness connector

2. Black leads to ground

3. Battery voltage supply lead to B+

3. Set the EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator to the following specifications. image Signal switch to 5 V

image Duty Cycle switch to 50 % (Normal) image Frequency switch to 250 Hz

4. Vehicle in Service Mode.

5. Verify the scan tool IAT Sensor 2 parameters listed below are within the ranges listed below: image IAT Sensor 2 is between 248 - 252 Hz

NOTE: Changing the frequency should cause a warmer or colder IAT 2 temperature.


image IAT Sensor 2 is between 70 - 76°C (160 - 166°F)


NOTE: Increasing or decreasing the duty cycle should have an inverse affect on humidity.


image Intake Air Humidity Sensor is between 48 - 52%

image If a parameter is not within the specified range

Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If all the parameters are within the specified range

6. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement for multifunction intake air sensor replacement

image Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.

DTC P0097, P0098, OR P0099: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR 2

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0097

Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0098

Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage

DTC P0099

Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 Circuit Intermittent

Diagnostic Fault Information


IAT Sensor 2 and Intake Air Humidity


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance


Ignition Voltage

P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199

P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199


-


P0096


Signal

P0097, P00F5, P2199

P0097, P00F4, P2199

P0097*, P00F4*, P2199*


P0096


Ground


-

P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199


-


P0096

*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+.

Typical Scan Tool Data


IAT Sensor 2


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open or High Resistance


Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: Engine Running

Parameter Normal Range: Varies with ambient temperature

Ignition Voltage

-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz

-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz

-


Signal

-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz

-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz

-40°C (-40°F)*

10 Hz

Ground

-

-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz

-

*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+

Intake Air Humidity Sensor


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open or High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: Engine Running

Parameter Normal Range: Varies with ambient humidity, temperature, and engine bay conditions

Ignition 1

0 %

0 %

-

Signal

100 %

0 %

0 %*

Ground

-

0 %

-

*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+

Circuit/System Description


The IAT sensor 2 produces a frequency signal, based on the inlet air temperature, which is equal to the humidity present within the sensor bore. The signal varies with inlet air temperature and is displayed by the scan tool as °C (°F) and Hertz (Hz) and the relative humidity is displayed in percent (%). The ECM supplies a regulated voltage to the signal circuit. The signal circuit is shared by the IAT sensor 2 and the humidity sensor. Ignition voltage and ground circuits are also supplied to the multifunction intake air sensor's internal circuits for these sensors:

image IAT sensor 2

image Humidity sensor image MAF sensor

The multifunction intake air sensor houses the following:

image IAT sensor 1

image IAT sensor 2

image Humidity sensor image MAF sensor

image BARO pressure sensor

IAT Sensor 2 - Temperature, Frequency Table

IAT Sensor 2

IAT Sensor 2 Frequency

IAT Sensor 2 Temperature

Cold

45 Hz

-40°C (-40°F)

Warm

302 Hz

104°C (219°F)


Conditions for Running the DTCs


P0097, P0098, and P0099

image DTCs P0685, P0686, P0687, P0689, P0690 or P1682 are not set.

image The ignition is ON, or the engine is running. image The Ignition 1 voltage is at least 11 V.

image The DTCs run continuously within the enabling conditions.


Conditions for Setting the DTCs


P0097


NOTE: The scan tool display range is between -40 and +150°C (-40 and +302°F).


The ECM detects that the IAT sensor 2 signal is less than 13 Hz, colder than -60°C (-76°F), for greater than 5 s.

P0098

The ECM detects that the IAT sensor 2 signal is greater than 390 Hz, warmer than 150°C (302°F), for greater than 5 s.

P0099

The ECM detects that the IAT sensor 2 signal is intermittent or has abruptly changed for longer than 5 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


image DTCs P0097, P0098, and P0099 are Type B DTCs.

image The ECM commands the cooling fans ON.


Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC


image DTCs P0097, P0098, and P0099 are Type B DTCs.


Diagnostic Aids


image With the Vehicle in Service Mode, if the engine is cold, a properly functioning IAT sensor 2 will gradually increase the scan tool IAT Sensor 2 parameter. This is due to the heat that is generated by the MAF sensor heating elements.

image The humidity sensor and the IAT sensor 2 signals are sent to the ECM on the same circuit. If the IAT Sensor 2 parameter displays the values: 10 Hz; -40°C (-40°F), and there are also Humidity Sensor DTCs, check for a circuit problem.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

Powertrain Component Views

Powertrain Component Views

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify that DTC P00F4, P00F5, P00F6, P0102, P0103, P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, or P06D2 is not

set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.

image If none of the DTCs are set


NOTE: To minimize the effects of residual engine heat and sensor internal heating elements, perform Steps 3 and 4 of this verification procedure only if the ignition has been OFF for 8 hours or more.


3. Verify the following scan tool parameters are within 30°C (54°F) of each other. image Start-Up IAT Sensor 1

image IAT Sensor 2

image If not within 30°C (54°F)

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If within 30°C (54°F)

4. Engine running.

5. Verify the following scan tool parameters are between -38 and +149°C (-36 and +300°F). image IAT Sensor 1

image IAT Sensor 2

image If not between: -38 and +149°C (-36 and +300°F)

Refer to Circuit System Testing.

image If between: -38 and +149°C (-36 and +300°F)

6. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the freeze frame/failure records data.

7. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

8. All OK


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing.


1. Vehicle OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, it may take up to 2 min. for all vehicle systems to power down. Disconnect the harness connector at the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.

2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 3 and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 5 Ω

3. Test for less than 5 Ω between the ground circuit terminal 7 and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ground circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection.

image If less than 5 Ω

4. Vehicle in Service Mode, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal 5 and ground.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp and remove the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ignition voltage circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open


NOTE: The ignition circuit may supply voltage to other components. Make sure to test all circuits and components for a short to ground that share the ignition circuit.


1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit, and disconnect all components on the circuit.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition voltage circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance, test all components connected to the ignition circuit, replace as necessary.

image If a test lamp illuminates


NOTE: The intake air temperature sensor 2 signal circuit is pulled up with low current voltage within the controller. Normally, a voltage near B+ can be measured on the circuit with a DMM, but the current will not be high enough to illuminate a test lamp.


5. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Humidity Sensor parameter is less than 1%.

image If 1% or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the IAT 2 signal circuit terminal 8 and ground. image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 1%

6. Vehicle OFF, install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the IAT 2 signal circuit terminal 8 and the low reference circuit terminal 3, vehicle in Service Mode.

7. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Humidity Sensor parameter is greater than 99%.

image If 99% or less


NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the engine control module or the sensor may be damaged.


1. Vehicle OFF, remove the jumper wire and disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the IAT 2 signal circuit terminal 8 and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V.

3. Vehicle OFF.

4. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 99%

8. Test or replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.


Component Testing


Multifunction Intake Air Sensor

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.

2. Test the IAT Sensor 2 by varying the sensor temperature while monitoring the air temperature with a thermometer. Compare the readings with the scan tool IAT Sensor 2 parameter. The values should be within 5%.

image If not within the specified range

Replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor.

image If within the specified range

3. All OK.

Testing with EL-38522-A


NOTE: In-correct diagnosis will result if Circuit/System Testing is not completed before performing the following test.


1. Perform the following test using a EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator or equivalent, if available.

2. Vehicle OFF, connect the leads of the EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator as follows:

1. Red lead to the signal circuit terminal 8 at the harness connector

2. Black leads to ground

3. Battery voltage supply lead to B+

3. Set the EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator to the following specifications. image Signal switch to 5 V

image Duty Cycle switch to 50 % (Normal) image Frequency switch to 250 Hz

4. Vehicle in Service Mode, verify the scan tool IAT Sensor 2 parameters listed below are within the ranges listed below:

image IAT Sensor 2 is between 248 - 252 Hz


NOTE: Changing the frequency should cause a warmer or colder IAT 2 temperature.

image IAT Sensor 2 is between 70 - 76°C (160 - 166°F)


NOTE: Increasing or decreasing the duty cycle should have an inverse affect on humidity.


image Intake Air Humidity Sensor is between 48 - 52%

image If a parameter is not within the specified range

Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If all the parameters are within the specified range

5. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement for multifunction intake air sensor replacement

image Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.

DTC P00C7: INTAKE AIR PRESSURE MEASUREMENT SYSTEM - MULTIPLE SENSORS NOT PLAUSIBLE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check prior to using this diagnostic procedure: Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle

image Review the description of Strategy Based Diagnosis: Strategy Based Diagnosis

image An overview of each diagnostic category can be found here: Diagnostic Procedure Instructions


DTC Descriptor


DTC P00C7

Intake Air Pressure Measurement System - Multiple Sensors Not Plausible

Circuit/System Description

This system consists of the following components: image B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

image B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor

This DTC sets when the control module detects an inconsistency between the pressure sensors and cannot identify which sensor failed.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTC P0106, P0107, P0108, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2230 = Not set

image Engine=Not Running

image Time between current ignition cycle and the last time the engine was running=Greater than 10 s image Manifold Absolute Pressure= 50 to 115 kPa (7.2 to 16.6 PSI)

image Barometric Pressure= 50 to 115 kPa (7.2 to 16.6 PSI)

DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


Manifold Absolute Pressure & Barometric Pressure= Not within 10 kPa (1.5 PSI) of each other.

Actions Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P00C7 is a Type B DTC. Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTC P00C7 is a Type B DTC. Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC P0106, P0107, P0108, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2230 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to:Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. Verify the scan tool parameter:Throttle Body Idle Air Flow Compensation=Less than 90 %

image If 90 % or greater

Refer to:Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning

image If less than 90 %

4. Verify the following conditions do not exist:

image Loose clamps, cracks, or other damages to the intake system. image Clogged air cleaner.

image Vacuum hoses with kinks, leaks, or improper connections. image Leaks at the intake manifold or throttle body.

image Leaking, missing, or damaged O-ring on the components listed below: image B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

image B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor

image If a condition exists

Repair or replace as necessary.

image If no condition exists

5. Verify the scan tool parameter:

image BARO Sensor= Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure - The value should be within the range listed in the table.

image MAP Sensor= Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure - The value should be within the range listed in the table.

image If not in the specified range

image {BARO Sensor}Refer to: DTC P2227-P2230 . image {MAP Sensor}Refer to:DTC P0106.

image If in the specified range

6. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair: Diagnostic Repair Verification DTC P00F4-P00F6: INTAKE AIR HUMIDITY SENSOR

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors

DTC P00F4

Intake Air Humidity Sensor Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P00F5

Intake Air Humidity Sensor Circuit High Voltage

DTC P00F6

Intake Air Humidity Sensor Circuit Erratic

Diagnostic Fault Information


Intake Air Humidity and IAT Sensor 2


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance


Ignition Voltage

P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199

P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199


-


P0096


Signal

P0097, P00F4, P2199

P0097, P00F4, P2199

P0097*, P00F4*, P2199*


P0096


Ground


-

P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199


-


P0096

*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+.

Typical Scan Tool Data


Intake Air Humidity Sensor


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open or High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: Engine Running

Parameter Normal Range: Varies with ambient humidity and temperature; and engine bay conditions

Ignition 1

0 %

0 %

-

Signal

100 %

0 %

0 %*

Ground

-

0 %

-

*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+

IAT Sensor 2


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open or High Resistance


Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: Engine Running

Parameter Normal Range: Varies with ambient temperature

Ignition 1

-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz

-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz

-


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open or High Resistance


Short to Voltage

Signal

-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz

-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz

-40°C (-40°F)

10 Hz*

Ground

-

-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz

-

*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+


Circuit/System Description

The sensors listed below are integrated within the Multifunction Intake Air sensor: image IAT sensor 1

image IAT sensor 2

image Humidity sensor image MAF sensor

image BARO pressure sensor

The IAT sensor 2 produces a frequency signal, based on the inlet air temperature, which is equal to the humidity present within the sensor bore. The signal varies with inlet air temperature and is displayed by the scan tool as °C (°F) and Hertz (Hz) and the relative humidity is displayed in percent (%). The ECM supplies a regulated voltage to the signal circuit. The signal circuit is shared by the IAT sensor 2 and the intake air humidity sensor. Ignition voltage and ground circuits are also supplied to the multifunction intake air sensor's internal circuits for these sensors:

image IAT sensor 2

image Humidity sensor image MAF sensor

Conditions for Running the DTCs


P00F4, P00F5, and P00F6

image DTC P1682 is not active. image The ignition is ON.

image The Ignition 1 voltage is at least 11 V for longer than 0.9 s. image The DTCs run continuously within the enabling conditions.

Conditions for Setting the DTCs


P00F4

The ECM detects that the humidity sensor signal is less than or equal to 5 % for greater than 5 s.

P00F5

The ECM detects that the humidity sensor signal is greater than or equal to 95 % for greater than 5 s.

P00F6

The ECM monitors the humidity sensor signal every 0.1 s, to determine if the signal has changed more than 80%. The DTC sets when the condition exists for greater than 4 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


image DTCs P00F4, P00F5, and P00F6 are Type B DTCs.


Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC


image DTCs P00F4, P00F5, and P00F6 are Type B DTCs.


Diagnostic Aids


image The Intake Air Humidity Signal parameter displays the measured humidity within the air intake system and may differ from atmospheric humidity measured outside the air intake system.

image With the Vehicle in Service Mode, if the engine is cold, a properly functioning humidity sensor will gradually increase the scan tool Intake Air Humidity Signal parameter. This is due to the heat that is generated by the multifunction intake air sensor heating elements.

image The humidity sensor and the IAT sensor 2 signals are sent to the ECM on the same circuit. If the Intake Air Humidity parameter displays the value: 0 % or 100 %, and there are also IAT Sensor 2 DTCs, check for a circuit problem.

image With the Vehicle in Service Mode, if the engine is cold, a properly functioning IAT sensor 2 will gradually increase the scan tool IAT Sensor 2 parameter. This is due to the heat that is generated by the multifunction intake air sensor heating elements.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

Powertrain Component Views

Powertrain Component Views

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information Special Tools

EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .

Circuit/System Verification


NOTE: To minimize the effects of residual engine heat and sensor internal heating elements, perform Steps 1 and 2 of this verification procedure only if the ignition has been OFF for 8 hours or more.


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify that DTC P0102, P0103, P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, or P06D2 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. Verify the following scan tool parameters are within 30°C (54°F) of each other. image Start-Up IAT Sensor 1

image IAT Sensor 2

image If not within 30°C (54°F)

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If within 30°C (54°F)

4. Engine Running.

5. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Humidity Sensor parameter is between 5 and 90 %.

image If not between 5 and 90 %

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If between 5 and 90 %

6. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the freeze frame/failure records data.

7. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

8. All OK


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing.


1. Vehicle OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, it may take up to 2 min. for all vehicle systems to power down. Disconnect the harness connector at the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.

2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 3 and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 5 Ω

3. Test for less than 5 Ω between the ground circuit terminal 7 and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ground circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection.

image If less than 5 Ω

4. Vehicle in Service Mode.

5. Verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal 5 and ground.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp and remove the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ignition voltage circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open


NOTE: The ignition circuit may supply voltage to other components. Make sure to test all circuits and components for a short to ground that share the ignition circuit.


1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit, and disconnect all components on the circuit.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition voltage circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance, test all components connected to the ignition circuit, replace as necessary.

image If a test lamp illuminates


NOTE: The intake air temperature sensor 2 signal circuit is pulled up with low current voltage within the controller. Normally, a voltage near B+ can be measured on the circuit with a DMM, but the current will not be high enough to illuminate a test lamp.


6. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Humidity Sensor parameter is less than 1%.

image If 1% or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the IAT 2 signal circuit terminal 8 and ground. image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 1%

7. Vehicle OFF, connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the IAT 2 signal circuit terminal 8 and the low reference circuit terminal 3, vehicle in Service Mode.

8. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Humidity Sensor parameter is greater than 99%.

image If 99% or less


NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the engine control module or the sensor may be damaged.


1. Vehicle OFF, remove the jumper wire and disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the IAT 2 signal circuit terminal 8 and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V.

3. Vehicle OFF.

4. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 99%

9. Test or replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.


Component Testing


Multifunction Intake Air Sensor

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.

2. Test the Intake Air Humidity Sensor by varying the air humidity in the intake duct near the sensor, while

observing the scan tool Intake Air Humidity Sensor parameter. The parameter should change and be within 5 - 95%.

image If not within the specified range

Replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor.

image If within the specified range

3. All OK.

Testing with EL-38522-A


NOTE: In-correct diagnosis will result if Circuit/System Testing is not completed before performing the following test.


1. Perform the following test using a EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator or equivalent, if available.

2. Vehicle OFF, connect the leads of the EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator as follows:

1. Red lead to the signal circuit terminal 8 at the harness connector

2. Black leads to ground

3. Battery voltage supply lead to B+

3. Set the EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator to the following specifications. image Signal switch to 5 V

image Duty Cycle switch to 50 % (Normal) image Frequency switch to 250 Hz

4. Vehicle in Service Mode.

5. Verify the scan tool IAT Sensor 2 parameters listed below are within the ranges listed below: image IAT Sensor 2 is between 248 - 252 Hz

NOTE: Changing the frequency should cause a warmer or colder IAT 2 temperature.


image IAT Sensor 2 is between 70 - 76°C (160 - 166°F)


NOTE: Increasing or decreasing the duty cycle should have an inverse affect on humidity.


image Intake Air Humidity Sensor is between 48 - 52%

image If a parameter is not within the specified range

Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If all the parameters are within the specified range

6. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement for multifunction intake air sensor replacement

image Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.

DTC P00FF, P069E, P06EC, P0700, P0800, P0AC4, P1E00, P2561, P25A2, P25AF, P25C9, P26C8, OR P26C9: CONTROL MODULE REQUESTED MIL ILLUMINATION

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each of the diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P00FF

Body Control Module Requested MIL Illumination

DTC P069E

Fuel Pump Control Module Requested MIL Illumination

DTC P06EC

Fuel Injector Control Module Requested MIL Illumination

DTC P0700

Transmission Control Module Requested MIL Illumination

DTC P0800

Active Transfer Case Control Module Requested MIL Illumination

DTC P0AC4

Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module Requested MIL Illumination

DTC P1E00

Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 Requested MIL Illumination

DTC P2561

Air Conditioning (A/C) Control Module Requested MIL Illumination

DTC P25A2

Brake System Control Module Requested MIL Illumination

DTC P25AF

Coolant Temperature Control Module Requested MIL Illumination

DTC P25C9

Brake System Control Module 2 Requested MIL Illumination

DTC P26C8

Chassis Control Module Requested MIL Illumination

DTC P26C9

Auxiliary Chassis Control Module Requested MIL Illumination

Circuit/System Description


Control modules constantly monitor the vehicle for any condition which may adversely affect vehicle performance. If a condition is detected, the module sets a DTC and sends a serial data message to the engine control module (ECM). The ECM sets a DTC to inform the technician that the module has set a DTC. The serial data message sent by the module also contains a request for the ECM to illuminate the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL).

The technician can observe the DTC that was set by the module by reviewing the ECM Freeze Frame records on the scan tool. The ECM Freeze Frame records also contain the engine operating conditions present when the DTC set.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image The ignition is ON or the engine is running. image These DTCs run continuously.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM receives a serial data message from a specific module indicating that DTC has set in the module.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P00FF, P069E, P06EC, P0700, P0800, P0AC4, P1E00, P2561, P25A2, P25AF, P25C9, P26C8, and

P26C9 are Type A DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC


DTCs P00FF, P069E, P06EC, P0700, P0800, P0AC4, P1E00, P2561, P25A2, P25AF, P25C9, P26C8, and

P26C9 are Type A DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


Communication codes, U-codes, and P-codes that set in a module can request a DTC to be set in the ECM.

Reference Information


DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


NOTE: image Do not replace the engine control module for these informational DTCs.

image Correct any engine control and communication DTCs before diagnosing these DTCs.


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify there are no engine control or communication DTCs set.

image If a DTC is set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If a DTC is not set

3. Verify there are no DTCs set in any other control module.

image If a DTC is set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If a DTC is not set

4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

5. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If the DTC does not set

6. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

DTC P0101: MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR PERFORMANCE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

DTC Descriptor


DTC P0101

Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Performance

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

High Resistance


Open

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance


Ignition Voltage

P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199


P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199


P0102


P0096


P0101, P0103

Signal

P0102

P0102

P0102

P0102

P0101, P0103, P1101


Ground


-

P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199


P0102


-


P0102

Circuit Description


The intake flow rationality diagnostic provides the within-range rationality check for the mass air flow (MAF), manifold absolute pressure (MAP), and the throttle position sensors. This is an explicit model-based diagnostic containing 4 separate models for the intake system.

The estimates of MAF and MAP obtained from this system of models and calculations are then compared to the actual measured values from the MAF, MAP, and the throttle position sensors and to each other to determine the appropriate DTC to fail.

Conditions for Running the DTCs


image DTC P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0128, P0335, or P0336

is not set

image The engine speed is between 0 - 5, 400 RPM.

image The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is between -7 to +125°C (+19 to +257°F). image The intake air temperature (IAT) is between -20 and +125°C (-4 and +257°F).

image The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


The engine control module (ECM) detects that the actual measured airflow from the MAF, MAP, and throttle position sensors is not within range of the calculated airflow that is derived from the system of models for greater than 2 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTC P0101 is a Type B DTC.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC DTC P0101 is a Type B DTC. Diagnostic Aids

image Any type of contamination on the MAF sensor heating elements will degrade the proper operation of the sensor. Certain types of contaminants act as a heat insulator, which will impair the response of the sensor to airflow changes. Water or snow can create the opposite effect, and cause the signal to increase rapidly.

image Certain aftermarket air filters may cause this DTC to set.

image Certain aftermarket air induction systems may cause this DTC to set. image Modifications to the air induction system may cause this DTC to set.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

Powertrain Component Views

Powertrain Component Views

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information Special Tools

EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify that DTC DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, or P06D2 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, or P06D2 for further diagnosis.

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. If you were sent here from DTC P0068, P0106, P0121, or P1101; refer to Circuit/System Testing.

4. Verify the scan tool Throttle Body Idle Airflow Compensation parameter is less than 90 %.

image 90 % or greater

Refer to Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning .

image If less than 90 %


NOTE: The Sweep Test may need to be commanded manually.


5. Verify the scan tool Throttle Position Sensors 1 and 2 Agree/Disagree parameter displays Agree while performing the Throttle Sweep Test with a scan tool.

image If Disagree

Refer to DTC P0121-P0123, P0222, P0223, P16A0-P16A2, or P2135 for further diagnosis.

image If Agree

6. Determine the current vehicle testing altitude.

7. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor pressure parameter is within the range specified in the Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure table.

image If the MAP Sensor parameter is not in range

Refer to DTC P0106 for further diagnosis.

image If the MAP Sensor parameter is within range

8. Engine running, verify the scan tool MAP Sensor pressure parameter is between 26 - 52 kPa (3.8 - 7.5 PSI) and changes.

image If not between 26 - 52 kPa (3.8 - 7.5 PSI) or does not change

Refer to DTC P0106 for further diagnosis.

image If between 26 - 52 kPa (3.8 - 7.5 PSI) and changes

9. Engine speed between 1, 375 and 1, 425 RPM, and at normal operating temperature.

10. Verify the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter is between 1, 800 and 2, 400 Hz.

image If the MAF Sensor parameter is not between 1, 800 and 2, 400 Hz.

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the MAF Sensor parameter between 1, 800 and 2, 400 Hz.

11. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

12. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

13. All OK


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing.


1. Verify the integrity of the entire air induction system by verifying that none of the following conditions exist:

image Any damaged components

image Improperly installed components

image Collapsed, restricted, or damaged components image Loose clamps, cracks, or other damage

image An air flow restriction image Restricted air filter

image Splits, kinks, leaks, or improper connections at the vacuum hoses

image Vacuum leaks at the intake manifold, MAP sensor, and throttle body image Water intrusion

image Any snow or ice buildup, in cold climates

image Contamination of the Mass Air Flow sensor element

image If a condition is found

Repair or replace component as necessary.

image If no condition is found

2. Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.

3. Test for less than 2 Ω between the ground circuit terminal 7 and ground.

image If 2 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle Off.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ground circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection.

image If less than 2 Ω

4. Vehicle in Service Mode.

5. Verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal 5 and ground.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good

1. Vehicle Off, remove the test lamp and remove the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ignition voltage circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open

1. Vehicle Off, remove the test lamp, the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit, and disconnect all components on the circuit.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition voltage circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance, test all components connected to the ignition circuit, replace as necessary.

image If a test lamp illuminates

6. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 volts between the signal circuit terminal 6 and ground.

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 5.2 V

1. Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 4.8 - 5.2 V

7. Determine if EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator or equivalent is available.

image EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator; or equivalent is not available

1. Test or replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.

2. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the freeze frame/failure records data.

3. Verify the DTC does not set. image If the DTC sets

Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If no DTCs set

4. All OK.

image EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator; or equivalent is available

8. Vehicle Off, connect the leads of the EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator as follows: image Red lead to the signal circuit terminal 6 at the harness connector

image Black leads to ground

image Battery voltage supply lead to B+

9. Set the EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator to the following specifications. image Signal switch to 5 V

image Frequency switch to 5 kHz

image Duty Cycle switch to 50 % (Normal)

10. Engine running.

11. Verify the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter is between 4, 950 - 5, 050 Hz.

image If not between 4, 950 - 5, 050 Hz.

Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 4, 950 - 5, 050 Hz.

12. Test or replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement for multifunction intake air sensor replacement

image Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup

DTC P0102 OR P0103: MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0102

Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit Low Frequency

DTC P0103

Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit High Frequency

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

High Resistance


Open

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance


Circuit

Short to Ground

High Resistance


Open

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance


Ignition Voltage

P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199**


P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199**

P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199


P0096


P0101, P0103

Signal

P0102

P0102

P0102

P0102

P0101, P0103, P1101


Ground


-

P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199**

P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199


-


P0102

**If applicable.


Typical Scan Tool Data


MAF Sensor

Circuit

Short to Ground

Open

Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: Engine running at various operating conditions

Parameter Normal Range: 2, 000 - 10, 000 Hz

Ignition Voltage

0 Hz

0 Hz

-

Signal

0 Hz

0 Hz

0 Hz

Ground

-

0 Hz

-

Circuit/System Description


The mass air flow (MAF) sensor is integrated with the multifunction intake air sensor. The MAF sensor is an air flow meter that measures the amount of air in the sensor bore. The engine control module (ECM) uses the MAF sensor signal to provide the correct fuel delivery for all engine speeds and loads. A small quantity of air entering the engine indicates a deceleration or idle condition. A large quantity of air entering the engine indicates an acceleration or high load condition.

The ECM applies 5 V to the MAF sensor on the MAF sensor signal circuit. The sensor uses the voltage to produce a variable frequency signal based on the inlet air flow through the sensor bore. The signal varies with engine load and is displayed by the scan tool as Hertz (Hz) and grams per second (g/s). Ignition voltage and ground circuits are also supplied to the multifunction intake air sensor's internal circuits for these sensors:

image Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor 2 image Humidity sensor

image MAF sensor

The multifunction intake air sensor houses the following: image IAT sensor 1

image IAT sensor 2

image Humidity sensor

image MAF sensor

image BARO pressure sensor


Conditions for Running the DTC


image The engine speed is at least 300 RPM. image The ignition signal is at least 10 V.

image The above conditions are met for at least 1 s.

image DTC's run continuously when the above conditions are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0102

The ECM detects that the MAF Sensor signal parameter is less than 1.825 Hz (about 1.46 g/s) for at least 250 cylinder firing events.

P0103

The ECM detects that the MAF Sensor signal parameter is at least 12, 800 Hz (about 257 g/s) for at least 250 cylinder firing events.

Action Taken When the DTCs Set


DTCs P0102 and P0103 are Type B DTCs. Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTCs DTCs P0102 and P0103 are Type B DTCs. Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

Powertrain Component Views

Powertrain Component Views

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information Special Tools

EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .

Circuit/System Verification

1. Engine idling.

2. Verify the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter is between 2.5 - 5.5 g/s.

image If not between 2.5 - 5.5 g/s

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If between 2.5 - 5.5 g/s

3. Engine speed between 1, 375 and 1, 425 RPM, and at normal operating temperature.

4. Verify the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter is between 1, 800 and 2, 400 Hz.

image If the MAF Sensor parameter is not between 1, 800 and 2, 400 Hz.

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the MAF Sensor parameter between 1, 800 and 2, 400 Hz.

5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

6. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

7. All OK


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing.


1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω between the ground circuit terminal 7 and ground.

image If 2 Ω or greater

1. Disconnect the sensor chassis ground.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ground circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, repair the open/high resistance in the chassis ground connection.

image If less than 2 Ω

3. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal 5 and ground.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp and remove the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ignition voltage circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open

1. Vehicle Off, remove the test lamp, the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit, and disconnect all components on the circuit.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition voltage circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance, test all components connected to the ignition circuit, replace as necessary.

image If a test lamp illuminates

5. Vehicle in Service Mode, test for 4.8 - 5.2 volts between the signal circuit terminal 6 and ground.

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 5.2 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Vehicle in Service Mode, test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 4.8 - 5.2 V

6. Determine if EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator or equivalent is available.

image EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator; or equivalent is not available

1. Test or replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.

2. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle

within the conditions that you observed from the freeze frame/failure records data.

3. Verify the DTC does not set. image If the DTC sets

Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If no DTCs set

4. All OK.

image EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator; or equivalent is available

7. Vehicle OFF, connect the leads of the EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator as follows: image Red lead to the signal circuit terminal 6 at the harness connector

image Black leads to ground

image Battery voltage supply lead to B+

8. Set the EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator to the following specifications. image Signal switch to 5 V

image Frequency switch to 5 kHz

image Duty Cycle switch to 50 % (Normal)

9. Engine idling.

10. Verify the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter is between 4, 950 - 5, 050 Hz.

image If not between 4, 950 - 5, 050 Hz.

Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 4, 950 - 5, 050 Hz.

11. Test or replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

image Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement for multifunction intake air sensor replacement

image Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup

DTC P0106: MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR PERFORMANCE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check prior to using this diagnostic procedure: Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle

image Review the description of Strategy Based Diagnosis: Strategy Based Diagnosis

image An overview of each diagnostic category can be found here: Diagnostic Procedure Instructions


DTC Descriptor


DTC P0106

Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Performance

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

5 V Reference

P0106, P0107, P0697

P0106, P0107

P0106, P0108, P0697

P0106

Signal

P0106, P0107

P0108

P0108

P0106

Low Reference

-

P0108

-

P0106

Typical Scan Tool Data


MAP Sensor

Circuit

Short to Ground

Open

Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions:

image Engine - Idling - At normal operating temperature image Accessories=Off


Parameter Normal Range: 26 to 52 kPa (3.8 to 7.6 PSI)

5 V Reference

0 kPa (0.0 PSI)

0 kPa (0.0 PSI)

127 kPa (18.4 PSI)

Signal

0 kPa (0.0 PSI)

127 kPa (18.4 PSI)

127 kPa (18.4 PSI)

Low Reference

-

127 kPa (18.4 PSI)

-

Circuit/System Description


Circuit

Description

5 V Reference

Regulated voltage supplied by the control module.

Signal

The control module input circuit has an internal resistance connected to 5 V.

Low Reference

Grounded through the control module.


Component

Description


B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

The sensor is a 3-wire capacitive pressure transducer. Electronics in the sensor convert pressure into an analog voltage signal.


K20 Engine Control Module

The control module controls a series of actuators to ensure optimal engine performance. The control module does this by reading values from a variety of sensors, interprets the data and adjusts the engine actuators accordingly.

The sensor measures the pressure in the intake manifold. The signal is used to determine the engine load.When the engine is idling or decelerating, the sensor pressure should be low. When the engine is off or under wide- open throttle conditions the pressure should be the same or close to the barometric pressure.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTC P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P010C, P010D, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0128, P0335, P0336, P0401, P0405, P0406, P042E = Not set

image Intake Air Temperature = -20 to 125°C (-4 to 257°F)

image Engine Coolant Temperature...= -20 to 125°C (-4 to 257°F)

image Engine Speed.= 500 to 8000 RPM or

image DTC P0107, P0108, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2230, P2610 = Not set

image Ignition On - Engine Off

Frequency the DTC runs = Continuously - After the running conditions are met

Conditions for Setting the DTC


The difference between the manifold absolute pressure measured by the manifold absolute pressure sensor and a calculated value based on the throttle position exceeds the allowed range.

Actions Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs listed in the DTC Descriptor Category=Type B

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs listed in the DTC Descriptor Category=Type B

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Component View Reference

Disassembled Views

Description and Operation

Engine Control Module Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections

image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References

Special Tools

EN-23738-A Vacuum Pump

Equivalent regional tools: Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools)

Circuit/System Verification

1. Ignition - On / Vehicle - In Service Mode

2. Verify DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, P06D2 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to:DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, or P06D2

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. If you were sent here from DTC P0101, P0121, P1101 - Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

4. Verify the scan tool parameter:Throttle Body Idle Air Flow Compensation=Less than 90 %

image If 90 % or greater

Refer to:Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning

image If less than 90 %

5. Perform the scan tool control function:Throttle Sweep - Start

Verify the scan tool parameter:Throttle Position Sensors 1 and 2=Agree

image If not the specified state

Refer to:DTC P0121-P0123, P0222, P0223, P16A0-P16A2, or P2135

image If the specified state

6. Determine the current vehicle testing altitude.

7. Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor=The value should be within the range listed in the table:

Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure image If not in the specified range

Refer to: Circuit/System Testing

image If in the specified range

8. Engine - Idling - At normal operating temperature

9. Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor= 26 to 52 kPa (3.8 to 7.6 PSI) and changes

image If not between 26 to 52 kPa (3.8 to 7.6 PSI) or does not change

Refer to: Circuit/System Testing

image If between 26 to 52 kPa (3.8 to 7.6 PSI) and changes

10. Observe the following scan tool parameter:MAF Sensor & Engine Speed.

11. Increase the engine speed slowly to 2000 RPM and then back to idle.

12. Verify the scan tool parameter:MAF Sensor=The value should change smoothly and gradually as the engine speed is increased and decreased.

image If the value does not change smoothly and gradually

Refer to:DTC P0101

image If the value changes smoothly and gradually

13. Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor=The value should not spike or drop out.

Perform the action while monitoring the parameter:

image Wiggle the harness and connector:B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor image Wiggle the harness and connector:K20 Engine Control Module

image If the value spikes or drops out

Repair as necessary - Wiring / Terminal(s) / Electrical Connector(s)

image If the value does not spike or drop out

14. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

15. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to: Circuit/System Testing

image If the DTC is not set

16. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down before an accurate ground or low reference circuit continuity test can be performed.


1. Ignition/Vehicle - Off

2. Verify the following conditions do not exist: image Collapsed or restricted intake air duct.

image Leaking or restricted component:Exhaust System

image Leaking, missing, or damaged O-ring on the components listed below: image B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

image Engine vacuum leaks.

image An engine mechanical condition. - Wear of timing chain, tensioner, or sprockets.orIf one or more cylinders indicate low compression

Refer to:Symptoms - Engine Mechanical

image If a condition exists - Repair or replace as necessary image If no condition exists

3. Disconnect the electrical connector:

4. Test for less than 10 ohms between the test points:Low Reference circuit terminal 2 & Ground

image If 10 ohms or greater

1. Disconnect the electrical connector:K20 Engine Control Module

2. Test for less than 2 ohms between the test points:Low Reference circuit terminal 2 @Component harness & Terminal 21 X2 @Control module harness

image If 2 ohms or greater - Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 ohms - Replace the component:K20 Engine Control Module

image If less than 10 ohms

5. Ignition - On / Vehicle - In Service Mode

6. Test for 4.8 to 5.2 V between the test points: 5V Reference circuit terminal 1 & Low Reference circuit terminal 2

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Ignition/Vehicle - Off

2. Disconnect the electrical connector:K20 Engine Control Module

3. Test for infinite resistance between the test points: 5 V Reference circuit terminal 1 @Component harness & Ground

image If less than infinite resistance - Repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

4. Test for less than 2 ohms between the test points: 5 V Reference circuit terminal 1 @Component harness & Terminal 5 X2 @Control module harness

image If 2 ohms or greater - Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 ohms - Replace the component:K20 Engine Control Module

image If greater than 5.2 V

1. Ignition/Vehicle - Off

2. Disconnect the electrical connector:K20 Engine Control Module

3. Ignition - On / Vehicle - In Service Mode

4. Test for less than 1 V between the test points: 5 V Reference circuit terminal 1 @Component harness & Ground

image If 1 V or greater - Repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V - Replace the component:K20 Engine Control Module

image If between 4.8 and 5.2 V

7. Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor=Greater than 4.7 V

image If 4.7 V or less

1. Ignition/Vehicle - Off

2. Disconnect the electrical connector:K20 Engine Control Module

3. Test for infinite resistance between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 3 @Component harness & Ground

image If less than infinite resistance - Repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance - Replace the component:K20 Engine Control Module

image If greater than 4.7 V

8. Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 3 & Low Reference circuit terminal 2

9. Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor =Less than 0.2 V

image If 0.2 V or greater

1. Ignition/Vehicle - OffRemove - Jumper Wire

2. Disconnect the electrical connector:K20 Engine Control Module

3. Ignition - On / Vehicle - In Service Mode

4. Test for less than 1 V between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 3 @Component harness & Ground

image If 1 V or greater - Repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V

5. Ignition/Vehicle - Off

6. Test for less than 2 ohms between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 3 @Component harness & Terminal 40 X3 @Control module harness

image If 2 ohms or greater - Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 ohms - Replace the component:K20 Engine Control Module

image If less than 0.2 V

10. Test or replace the component:B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor


Component Testing


Dynamic Test - Using Vehicle Harness

1. Ignition/Vehicle - Off

2. Remove the component:B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor - Leave the electrical connector connected.

3. Install the special tool: EN-23738-A Vacuum Pump @B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

4. Use the special tool to achieve a gauge reading between -13 and -21 kPa (-0.13 and -0.21 bar, -3.8 and

-6.2 in Hg).

Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor=Decreases between 13 and 21 kPa (1.8 and 3.0 PSI)

image If the parameter does not decrease between 13 and 21 kPa (1.8 and 3.0 PSI)

Replace the component:B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

image If the parameter decreases between 13 and 21 kPa (1.8 and 3.0 PSI)

5. Use the special tool to achieve a gauge reading between -30 and -38 kPa (-0.3 and -0.38 bar, -8.8 and

-11.2 in Hg).

Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor=Decreases between 30 and 38 kPa (4.4 and 5.5 PSI)

image If the parameter does not decrease between 30 and 38 kPa (4.4 and 5.5 PSI)

Replace the component:B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

image If the parameter decreases between 30 and 38 kPa (4.4 and 5.5 PSI)

6. All OK.

Dynamic Test - Using Jumper Wires

1. Ignition/Vehicle - Off

2. Remove the component:B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

3. Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the test points: 5 V Reference terminal 1 & 5 V

4. Connect a jumper wire between the test points:Low Reference terminal 2 & Ground

5. Connect a DMM between the test points:Signal terminal 3 @B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor & Ground

6. Install the special tool:EN-23738-A Vacuum Pump@B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

7. Use the special tool to achieve a gauge reading between -55 and -47 kPa (-0.55 and -0.47 bar, -13.8 and

-16.2 in Hg).

Verify the DMM displays between 0.2 and 4.9 V. - The value should not spike or drop out.

image If not between 0.2 and 4.9 V or has spikes or drops out

Replace the component:B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

image If between 0.2 and 4.9 V and there are no spikes or drops out

8. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair: Diagnostic Repair Verification

image Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement

image For control module replacement, programming, and setup refer to: Control Module References

DTC P0107 OR P0108: MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR

Diagnostic Instructions

image Perform the Diagnostic System Check prior to using this diagnostic procedure: Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle

image Review the description of Strategy Based Diagnosis: Strategy Based Diagnosis

image An overview of each diagnostic category can be found here: Diagnostic Procedure Instructions


DTC Descriptor


NOTE: This procedure may also diagnose malfunctions that are not detected by a DTC.


DTC P0107

Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0108

Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

5 V Reference

P0106, P0107, P0697

P0106, P0107

P0106, P0108, P0697

P0106

Signal

P0106, P0107

P0108

P0108

P0106

Low Reference

-

P0108

-

P0106

Typical Scan Tool Data


MAP Sensor

Circuit

Short to Ground

Open

Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions:

image Engine - Idling - At normal operating temperature image All accessories Off.


Parameter Normal Range: 26 to 52 kPa (3.8 to 7.6 PSI)

5 V Reference

0 kPa (0.0 PSI)

0 kPa (0.0 PSI)

127 kPa (18.4 PSI)

Signal

0 kPa (0.0 PSI)

127 kPa (18.4 PSI)

127 kPa (18.4 PSI)

Low Reference

-

127 kPa (18.4 PSI)

-

Circuit/System Description


Circuit

Description

5 V Reference

Regulated voltage supplied by the control module.

Signal

The control module input circuit has an internal resistance connected to 5 V.

Low Reference

Grounded through the control module.

Component

Description


B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

The sensor is a 3-wire capacitive pressure transducer. Electronics in the sensor convert pressure into an analog voltage signal.


K20 Engine Control Module

The control module controls a series of actuators to ensure optimal engine performance. The control module does this by reading values from a variety of sensors, interprets the data and adjusts the engine actuators accordingly.

The sensor measures the pressure in the intake manifold. The signal is used to determine the engine load.

When the engine is idling or decelerating, the sensor pressure should be low. When the engine is off or under wide-open throttle conditions the pressure should be the same or close to the barometric pressure.

Conditions for Running the DTC


Ignition=On

DTCs run continuously when the above condition is met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0107

MAP Sensor=Less than 0.2 V - For greater than 4 s

P0108

MAP Sensor=Greater than 0.5 V - For greater than 4 s

Actions Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P0107, P0108 are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P0107, P0108 are Type B DTCs.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Component View Reference

Disassembled Views

Description and Operation

Engine Control Module Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, P06D2 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to:DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, or P06D2

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor=The value should be within the range listed in the table:

Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure image If not in the specified range

Refer to: Circuit/System Testing

image If in the specified range

4. Engine - Idling - At normal operating temperatureAll accessories Off.

5. Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor= 26 and 52 kPa (3.8 and 7.6 PSI)

image If not between 26 and 52 kPa (3.8 and 7.6 PSI)

Refer to: Circuit/System Testing

image If between 26 and 52 kPa (3.8 and 7.6 PSI)

6. Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor=The value should not spike or drop out.

Perform the action while monitoring the parameter:

image Wiggle the harness and connector:B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor image Wiggle the harness and connector:K20 Engine Control Module

image If the value spikes or drops out

Repair as necessary - Wiring / Terminal(s) / Electrical Connector(s)

image If the value does not spike or drop out

7. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

8. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to: Circuit/System Testing

image If the DTC is not set

9. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down before an accurate ground or low reference circuit continuity test can be performed.


1. Ignition/Vehicle & All vehicle systems - Off

2. Disconnect the electrical connector:B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

3. Test for less than 10 ohms between the test points:Low Reference circuit terminal 2 & Ground

image If 10 ohms or greater

1. Disconnect the electrical connector:K20 Engine Control Module

2. Test for less than 2 ohms between the test points:Low Reference circuit terminal 2 @Component harness & Terminal 21 X2 @Control module harness

image If 2 ohms or greater - Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 ohms - Replace the component:K20 Engine Control Module

image If less than 10 ohms

4. Vehicle in Service Mode.

5. Test for 4.8 to 5.2 V between the test points: 5 V Reference circuit terminal 1 & Low Reference circuit terminal 2

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Vehicle Off.

2. Disconnect the electrical connector:K20 Engine Control Module

3. Test for infinite resistance between the test points: 5 V Reference circuit terminal 1 @Component harness & Ground

image If less than infinite resistance - Repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

4. Test for less than 2 ohms between the test points:5 V Reference circuit terminal 1 @Component harness & Terminal 5 X2 @Control module harness

image If 2 ohms or greater - Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 ohms - Replace the component:K20 Engine Control Module

image If greater than 5.2 V

1. Vehicle Off.

2. Disconnect the electrical connector:K20 Engine Control Module

3. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Test for less than 1 V between the test points: 5 V Reference circuit terminal 1 @Component harness & Ground

image If 1 V or greater - Repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V - Replace the component:K20 Engine Control Module

image If between 4.8 and 5.2 V

6. Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor=Greater than 4.7 V

image If 4.7 V or less

1. Vehicle Off.

2. Disconnect the electrical connector:K20 Engine Control Module

3. Test for infinite resistance between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 3 @Component harness & Ground

image If less than infinite resistance - Repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance - Replace the component:K20 Engine Control Module

image If greater than 4.7 V

7. Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 3 & Low Reference circuit terminal 2

8. Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor =Less than 0.2 V

image If 0.2 V or greater

1. Vehicle Off, remove jumper wire.

2. Disconnect the electrical connector:K20 Engine Control Module

3. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Test for less than 1 V between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 3 @Component harness & Ground

image If 1 V or greater - Repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V

5. Vehicle Off.

6. Test for less than 2 ohms between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 3 @Component harness & Terminal 40 X3 @Control module harness

image If 2 ohms or greater - Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 ohms - Replace the component:K20 Engine Control Module

image If less than 0.2 V

9. Replace the component:B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor


Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair: Diagnostic Repair Verification

image Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement

image For control module replacement, programming, and setup refer to: Control Module References

DTC P0112, P0113, OR P0114: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR 1

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0112

Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 1 Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0113

Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 1 Circuit High Voltage

DTC P0114

Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 1 Circuit Intermittent

Diagnostic Fault Information


IAT Sensor 1


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance


Signal


P0112, P2199**


P0113, P2199**

P0097*, P0113, P0114, P11C2, P2199**


P0111, P2199**

Low Reference

-

P0111, P0113, P0114, P2199**

P0113*, P0114

-

*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+.

**If applicable.

Typical Scan Tool Data


IAT Sensor 1


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open or High Resistance


Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: Engine Running

Parameter Normal Range: Varies with ambient temperature

Signal

150°C (302°F)

-40°C (-40°F)

-40°C (-40°F)*


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open or High Resistance


Short to Voltage

Low Reference

-

-40°C (-40°F)

-40°C (-40°F)*

*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+


Circuit/System Description


The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 1 is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the air in the sensor bore. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 V to the IAT sensor 1 signal circuit and a ground for the IAT sensor 1 low reference circuit. The signal varies with inlet air temperature and is displayed by the scan tool as °C (°F).

The multifunction intake air sensor houses the following: image IAT sensor 1

image IAT sensor 2

image Humidity sensor

image Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor image BARO pressure sensor

IAT Sensor 1 - Temperature, Resistance, Voltage Table

IAT Sensor 1

IAT Sensor 1 Resistance

IAT Sensor 1 Signal Voltage

Cold

High

High

Warm

Low

Low

Conditions for Running the DTCs


P0112, P0113, and P0114

image The ignition is ON, or the engine is running.

image The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


NOTE: The scan tool display range is between -40 and +150°C (-40 and +302°F).


P0112

The ECM detects that the IAT sensor signal is warmer than 150°C (302°F) for at least 5 s.

P0113

The ECM detects that the IAT sensor signal is colder than -60°C (-76°F) for at least 5 s.

P0114

Where this DTC is used, the ECM detects that the IAT sensor signal is intermittent or has abruptly changed for at least 5 s.

Action Taken When the DTCs Set


image DTCs P0112, P0113, and P0114 are Type B DTCs.

image The ECM commands the cooling fans ON.


Conditions for Clearing the DTCs


DTCs P0112, P0113, and P0114 are Type B DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


With the Vehicle in Service Mode, the engine OFF, if the engine is cold, a properly functioning IAT sensor 1 will gradually increase the scan tool IAT Sensor 1 parameter. This is due to the heat that is generated by the MAF sensor heating elements.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

Powertrain Component Views

Powertrain Component Views

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


NOTE: To minimize the effects of residual engine heat and sensor internal heating elements, perform Steps 1 and 2 of this verification procedure only if the ignition has been OFF for 8 hours or more.


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify the following scan tool parameters are within 30°C (54°F) of each other. image Start-Up IAT Sensor 1

image IAT Sensor 2

image If not within 30°C (54°F)

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If within 30°C (54°F)

3. Engine idling.

4. Verify the following scan tool parameters are between: -38 and +149°C (-36 and +300°F). image IAT Sensor 1

image IAT Sensor 2

image If not between: -38 and +149°C (-36 and +300°F)

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If between: -38 and +149°C (-36 and +300°F)

5. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the freeze frame/failure records data.

6. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

7. All OK


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing.


1. Vehicle OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, it may take up to 2 min. for all vehicle systems to power down. Disconnect the harness connector at the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 3 and ground.

image If 2 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω replace the K20 engine control module.

image If less than 2 Ω

3. Vehicle in Service Mode, test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the intake air temperature sensor 1 signal circuit terminal 1 and ground.

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 engine control module.

image If greater than 5.2 V


NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the engine control module or the sensor may be damaged.


1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module.

2. Vehicle in Service Mode, test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 engine control module.

image If between 4.8 - 5.2 V

4. Vehicle in Service Mode, verify the scan tool IAT Sensor 1 parameter is colder than -39°C (-38°F).

image If warmer than -39°C (-38°F).

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground. image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If colder than -39°C (-38°F).

5. Vehicle OFF, install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 1 and the low reference circuit terminal 3.

6. Verify the scan tool IAT Sensor 1 parameter is warmer than 148°C (298°F).

image If colder than 148°C (298°F).

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the jumper wire, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V

3. Vehicle OFF.

4. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If warmer than 148°C (298°F).

7. Test or replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.


Component Testing


Multifunction Intake Air Sensor

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor.


NOTE: A thermometer can be used to test the sensor off the vehicle.


2. Test resistance of the IAT sensor 1, between signal terminal 1 and the low reference terminal 3, by varying the sensor temperature while monitoring the sensor resistance. Compare the readings with the Temperature Versus Resistance - Intake Air Temperature Sensor (Hitachi sensor) table for Hitachi Sensors. The resistance values should be in range of the table values.

image If not within the specified range

Replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor.

image If within the specified range

3. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement for multifunction intake air sensor replacement

image Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.

DTC P0117, P0118, OR P0119: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0117

Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0118

Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Circuit High Voltage

DTC P0119

Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Circuit Intermittent

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

Signal Circuit

P0117

P0118

P0118*

P0116, P0119, P0128

Low Reference

-

P0118

-

P0119, P0128

*ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+.

Typical Scan Tool Data


ECT Sensor

Circuit

Short to Ground

Open

Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: Engine Running

Parameter Normal Range: -39 to 149°C (-38 to 300°F)

ECT Sensor

150°C (302°F)

-40°C (-40°F)

-40°C (-40°F)

Low Reference

-

-40°C (-40°F)

-

Circuit/System Description


The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the engine coolant. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 V to the ECT sensor signal circuit and a ground for the low reference circuit. This diagnostic checks for an open, short to ground or an intermittent circuit condition between the ECM and ECT sensor.

Conditions for Running the DTC


P0117

image Vehicle ON, or the engine is running.

image This DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0118

image The engine run time is greater than 10 s.

image The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor is greater than 0°C (32°F). image This DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0119

image DTC P0117 or P0118 are not set.

image Vehicle ON, or the engine is running.

image This DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0117

The ECM detects that the ECT sensor signal is warmer than 149°C (300°F) for greater than 5 s.

P0118

The ECM detects that the ECT is colder than -39°C (-38°F) for greater than 5 s.

P0119

The ECM detects that the ECT is intermittent or has abruptly changed for greater than 4 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


image DTCs P0117, P0118 and P0119 are Type B DTCs image The cooling fans will be commanded ON.

image The engine is forced ON and Autostop is disabled.


Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P0117, P0118 and P0119 are Type B DTCs

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Cooling System Description and Operation

Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify the scan tool ECT Sensor parameter is warmer than - 40° C (- 40° F) and colder than 150° C (302° F) and changes with engine run time.

image If colder than - 39° C (- 38° F) or warmer than 149° C (300° F) or does not change

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If warmer than - 40° C (- 40°F) and colder than 150° C (302° F) and changes

3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

4. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

5. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Vehicle Off and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the B34 Engine Coolant Temperature sensor harness connector at the sensor. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.

2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 5 Ω

3. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Verify the scan tool ECT Sensor parameter is colder than -39° C (-38° F).

image If warmer than -39° C (-38° F)

1. Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground. image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If colder than -39° C (-38° F)

5. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 1 and the low reference circuit terminal 2.

6. Verify the scan tool ECT sensor parameter is warmer than 149° C (300° F).

image If 149° C (300° F) or colder

1. Vehicle Off, remove the jumper wire, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V

3. Vehicle Off.

4. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If warmer than 149° C (300° F)

7. Test or replace the B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor.


Component Testing


1. Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor.

2. Test the ECT sensor by varying the sensor temperature while measuring the sensor resistance. Compare the readings with the Temperature Versus Resistance (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor) table. The resistance values should be in range of the table values.

image If not within the specified range

image Replace the B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor.

image If within the specified range

3. Test for infinite resistance between each terminal and the sensor housing.

image If less than infinite resistance

Replace the B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor.

image If infinite resistance

4. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement - Water Outlet

image Control Module References for control module replacement, programming, and setup.

DTC P0121-P0123, P0222, P0223, P16A0-P16A2, OR P2135: THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/SENSOR COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0121

Throttle Position Sensor 1 Performance

DTC P0122

Throttle Position Sensor 1 Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0123

Throttle Position Sensor 1 Circuit High Voltage

DTC P0222

Throttle Position Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0223

Throttle Position Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage

DTC P16A0

Sensor Communication Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P16A1

Sensor Communication Circuit High Voltage

DTC P16A2

Sensor Communication Circuit Performance

DTC P2135

Throttle Position Sensors 1-2 Not Plausible

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

5 V Reference

P06A3

P0122*, P0222*, P16A0

P06A3

P0121, P16A2, P2135*


Signal


P0122*, P0222*, P16A0


P0122*, P0222*, P16A1

P0123*, P0223*, P16A0**, P16A1**, P16A2**


P0121, P16A2, P2135*

Low Reference

-

P0123*, P0223*, P16A1

-

P0121, P16A2, P2135*

* This DTC set indicates an internal throttle body condition.

** A short to voltage causes P16A1 to set. If DTC P16A0, P16A1, and P16A2 set at the same time, an intermittent circuit condition exists.

Typical Scan Tool Data


Throttle Position Sensor 1

Circuit

Short to Ground

Open

Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: The engine is operating with the throttle closed. All accessories OFF.

Parameter Normal Range: Throttle Position Sensor 1 3.75 - 4.75 V

5 V Reference

5.0 V

5.0 V

5.0 V

Signal

5.0 V

0.0 V

0.0 V

Low Reference

-

0.0 V

-

Throttle Position Sensor 2

Circuit

Short to Ground

Open

Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: The engine is operating with the throttle closed. All accessories OFF.

Parameter Normal Range: Throttle Position Sensor 2 0.45 - 0.90 V

5 V Reference

0.0 V

0.0 V

0.0 V

Signal

0.0 V

5.0 V

5.0 V

Low Reference

-

5.0 V

-

Circuit/System Description


The throttle body assembly contains a contact-less inductive throttle position sensing element that is managed by a customized integrated circuit. The throttle position sensor is mounted within the throttle body assembly and is not serviceable. The engine control module (ECM) supplies the throttle body with a 5 V reference circuit, a low reference circuit, an H-bridge motor directional control circuit, and an asynchronous signal/serial data circuit. The asynchronous signal means communication is only going from the throttle body to the ECM. The throttle body cannot receive data from the ECM over the signal/serial data circuit. The throttle position sensor provides a signal voltage that changes relative to throttle blade angle. The customized integrated circuit translates the voltage based position information into serial data using the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) J2716 Single Edge Nibble Transmission (SENT) protocol. The throttle position sensor information is transmitted between the throttle body and the ECM on the signal/serial data circuit. The ECM decodes the serial data signal into separate voltages which are displayed on a scan tool as the voltage inputs from throttle position sensors 1 and 2.

Conditions for Running the DTC


P0121

image DTCs P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0335, or P0336 is not set.

image The engine speed is between 0 - 5, 400 RPM.

image The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is -7 to +125°C (19 - 257°F). image The intake air temperature (IAT) is -20 to +125°C (-4 to +257°F).

image The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223

image DTC P06A3 is not set.

image The ignition is ON or the engine is running.

image The run/crank or powertrain relay voltage is greater than 6.41 V and reduced power is not active. image The DTCs run continuously when the above condition are met.

P16A0, P16A1, or P16A2

image DTC P06A3 is not set.

image The ignition is ON or the engine is operating. image The run/crank voltage is greater than 6.41 V.

image The DTCs run continuously once the above conditions are met for greater than 1 s.

P2135

image DTCs P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, or P06A3 are not set.

image The ignition is ON or the engine is running.

image The run/crank or powertrain relay voltage is greater than 6.41 V and reduced power is not active. image The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0121

The ECM detects that the throttle position sensor 1 voltage is stuck within normal operating range for greater than 1 s.

P0122

The ECM detects the throttle position sensor 1 signal voltage is less than 0.32 V for greater than 1 s.

P0123

The ECM detects the throttle position sensor 1 signal voltage is greater than 4.75 V for greater than 1 s.

P0222

The ECM detects the throttle position sensor 2 signal voltage is less than 0.25 V for greater than 1 s.

P0223

The ECM detects the throttle position sensor 2 signal voltage is greater than 4.59 V for greater than 1 s.

P16A0

The ECM detects a low voltage circuit condition on the throttle position sensor signal circuit for greater than 1 s.

P16A1

The ECM detects a high voltage circuit condition on the throttle position sensor signal circuit for greater than 1 s.

P16A2

The ECM detects an incorrect message was received over the throttle position sensor signal circuit for greater

than 1 s.

P2135

The ECM detects that throttle position sensors 1 and 2 disagree greater than 7 - 10 percent for greater than 1 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


image DTCs P0121 is a Type B DTC.

image DTCs P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P16A0, P16A1, P16A2, and P2135 are Type A DTCs.

image The ECM commands the throttle actuator control (TAC) system to operate in a Reduced Engine Power mode.

image A message center or an indicator displays Reduced Engine Power. image Under certain conditions, the ECM commands the engine OFF.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


image DTCs P0121 is a Type B DTC.

image DTCs P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P16A0, P16A1, P16A2, and P2135 are Type A DTCs.


Diagnostic Aids


image A high resistance condition on the throttle position and throttle actuator control circuits could cause a DTC to set.

image If the accelerator pedal is pressed to the wide open throttle position, the throttle blade angle or Throttle Position angle is limited to less than 40 percent.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


NOTE: If you were sent here from DTC P0068, P0101, P0106, or P1101 refer to Circuit/System Testing.


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify that DTC P0601 - P0606, P06A3, and P16F3 is not set.

image If a DTC is set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.

image If a DTC is not set

3. Verify the scan tool Throttle Body Idle Air flow Compensation parameter is less than 90 %.

image If 90 % or greater

Refer to Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning .

image If less than 90 %

4. Verify that DTC P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P16A0, P16A1, P16A2, or P2135 are not set.

image If DTC P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, or P2135 are the only DTCs set

Replace the Q38 Throttle Body.

image If DTC P16A0, P16A1, or P16A2 is set with any of the DTCs

Refer to Circuit/System Testing

image If none of the DTCs are set

5. Verify the Throttle Position Sensors 1 and 2 Agree/Disagree parameter displays Agree while performing the Throttle Sweep Test with a scan tool.

image If Agree is not displayed

Replace the Q38 Throttle Body.

image If Agree is displayed

6. Verify DTC P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P16A0, P16A1, P16A2, and P2135 is not set.

image If a DTC is set

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If a DTC is not set

7. Determine the current vehicle testing altitude.

8. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor pressure parameter is within range specified in the Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure table.

image If the MAP Sensor pressure is not in range

Refer to DTC P0106.

image If the MAP Sensor pressure is within range

9. Engine idling.

10. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor pressure parameter is between 26 - 52 kPa (3.8 - 7.5 psi) and changes with accelerator pedal input.

image If not between 26 - 52 kPa (3.8 - 7.5 psi) or does not change

Refer to DTC P0106.

image If between 26 - 52 kPa (3.8 - 7.5 psi) and changes

11. Engine speed between 1, 375 and 1, 425 RPM, and at normal operating temperature.

12. Verify the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter is between 1, 800 and 2, 400 Hz.

image If the MAF Sensor parameter is not between 1, 800 and 2, 400 Hz.

Refer to DTC P0101..

image If the MAF Sensor parameter between 1, 800 and 2, 400 Hz.

13. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

14. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

15. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: Disconnecting the throttle body harness connector causes additional DTCs to set.


1. Ignition OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at Q38 Throttle Body. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.

2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 4 and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 5 Ω

3. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 5 and ground.

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the 5 V reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 5.2 V

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 4.8 - 5.2 V

5. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the signal circuit terminal 3 and ground.

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 5.2 V

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 4.8 - 5.2 V

6. Replace the Q38 Throttle Body.


Repair Instructions

image Throttle Body Assembly Replacement

image Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup

Repair Verification

1. Install any components that have been removed or replaced during diagnosis.

2. Perform any adjustments, programming or setup procedures that are required when a component is removed or replaced.

3. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool.

4. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.

5. Vehicle in Service Mode.

6. Verify the Throttle Position Sensors 1 and 2 Agree/Disagree parameter displays Agree while performing the Throttle Sweep Test with a scan tool.

image If Agree is not displayed

Test or replace the Q38 Throttle Body.

image If Agree is displayed

7. If the repair was related to a DTC, duplicate the Conditions for Running the DTC and use the Freeze Frame/Failure Records, if applicable, in order to verify the DTC does not set.

image If DTC sets

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.

image If DTC does not set

8. All OK.

DTC P0128: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) BELOW THERMOSTAT REGULATING TEMPERATURE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P0128

Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

ECT Sensor Signal

P0117, P0119

P0118

P0118*

P0116, P0119, P0128

Low Reference

-

P0118, P0119

-

P0119, P0128


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

*ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+


Typical Scan Tool Data


ECT Sensor

Circuit

Short to Ground

Open

Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: Engine running

Parameter Normal Range: Varies with coolant temperature

ECT Sensor Signal

150°C (302°F)

-40°C (-40°F)

-40°C (-40°F)

Low Reference

-

-40°C (-40°F)

-40°C (-40°F)

Circuit/System Description


The engine control module (ECM) monitors the temperature of the engine coolant for engine control and as enabling criteria for some diagnostics. The ECM monitors the amount of time to reach a predetermined temperature based on the Start up ECT sensor. The ECM uses this temperature to determine if the engine has warmed up to the thermostat regulating temperature. If the engine coolant temperature does not increase normally or does not reach the thermostat regulating temperature, diagnostics that use the ECT as enabling criteria, may not run when expected. If the engine coolant temperature fails to reach the thermostat regulating temperature, before a predetermined amount of time, the DTC sets.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0116, P0117, P0118, P00B3, P00B4, P00B6

or P010C are not set.

image The start-up ECT sensor is between -40 to 69°C (19 to 156°F). image The engine OFF time is greater than 30 min.

image The engine run time is between 10 s and 30 min. image The thermostat heater duty cycle is less than 50%. image The fuel ethanol percentage is 87 % or less.

image The DTC runs once per ignition cycle when the above conditions are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


image The ECM determines that the modeled ECT has met the calibrated target of 74° C (165 °F) and the measured ECT is less than 63° C (145° F) for greater than 1 s.

OR

image The ECM determines that the modeled ECT has met the calibrated target of 55° C (131 °F) and the measured ECT is less than 25° C (77° F) for greater than 1 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


image DTC P0128 is a Type B DTC.

image The engine is forced ON and Autostop is disabled.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTC P0128 is a Type B DTC. Diagnostic Aids

image DTC P0128 can fail when there is a Q66 Passenger Compartment Heater Coolant Control Valve fault. image Failing DTC P0128 will in turn set an A/C disabled message.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Engine Running

2. Verify DTC P00B3, P00B4, P00B6, P0116, P0117 or P0118 is not set.

image If DTC P00B3, P00B4, P00B6, P0116, P0117 or P0118 is set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.

image If DTC P00B3, P00B4, P00B6, P0116, P0117 or P0118 is not set

3. Verify the coolant in the radiator surge tank is at the correct level and there are no engine coolant leaks.

image If a condition is found

Refer to Cooling System Draining and Filling , and Loss of Coolant .

image If a condition is not found

4. Engine Running for 15 min with the A/C OFF.

5. Command the Engine Coolant Thermostat Heater to 0 % with a scan tool, engine at 2, 000 RPM.

6. Verify the scan tool ECT Sensor parameter is between 80° C and 102° C (176° F and 215° F).

image If ECT sensor is not between 80° C and 102° C (176° F and 215° F)

Replace the engine coolant thermostat.

image If ECT sensor is between 80° C and 102° C (176° F and 215° F)

7. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

8. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to step 1.

image If the DTC does not set

9. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Replacement for engine coolant thermostat replacement.

image Control Module References for control module replacement, programming, and setup.

DTC P0131, P0132, P0137, OR P0138: HO2S CIRCUIT LOW/HIGH VOLTAGE SENSOR

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0131

HO2S Circuit Low Voltage Sensor 1

DTC P0132

HO2S Circuit High Voltage Sensor 1

DTC P0137

HO2S Circuit Low Voltage Sensor 2

DTC P0138

HO2S Circuit High Voltage Sensor 2

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

HO2S High Signal

P0131, P0137

P0132, P0138

P0132, P0138

P0133, P1133*, P015A*, P015B*

HO2S Low Signal

P0131, P0137

P0132, P0138

P0132, P0138

P0133, P1133*, P015A*, P015B*

*If equipped

Typical Scan Tool Data


HO2S 1 or 2

Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: Engine operating in Closed Loop

Parameter Normal Range: 23 - 1 930 mV

HO2S 1 or 2 High Signal

0 mV

1700 - 2 100 mV

1700 - 2 100 mV

HO2S 1 or 2 Low Signal

-

1700 - 2 100 mV

1700 - 2 100 mV

Circuit/System Description


The heated oxygen sensors (HO2S) are used for fuel control and catalyst monitoring. Each HO2S compares the oxygen content of the surrounding air with the oxygen content of the exhaust stream. When the engine is started, the control module operates in an open loop mode, ignoring the HO2S signal voltage while calculating the air to fuel ratio. While the engine runs, the HO2S heats up and begins to generate a voltage within a range of 0 - 1 275 mV. Once sufficient HO2S voltage fluctuation is observed by the control module, closed loop is entered. The control module uses the HO2S voltage to determine the air to fuel ratio. An HO2S voltage that increases toward 1 000 mV indicates a rich fuel mixture. An HO2S voltage that decreases toward 0 mV indicates a lean fuel mixture.

The heating elements inside each HO2S heat the sensor to bring the sensor up to operating conditions faster. This allows the system to enter closed loop earlier and the control module to calculate the air to fuel ratio sooner.

Conditions for Running the DTC


DTC P0131 or P0137

image DTCs P0068, P0106, P0108, P0122, P0123, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0449, P0452, P0455, P0496, P0606, P16F3 and P2101 are not set.

image The Ignition voltage is between 10 - 32 V. image The fuel level is greater than 10%.

image The fuel composition is less than 87% ethanol. image The fuel system is in Closed Loop.

image The engine is not decelerating.

image DTC P0131 runs continuously when the above conditions are met for greater than 3 s. image DTC P0137 runs continuously when the above conditions are met for greater than 5 s.

DTC P0132 or P0138

image DTCs P0106, P0108, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0442, P0443, P0449, P0452, P0453, P0455 and

P0496 are not set.

image The Ignition voltage is between 10 - 32 V. image The Ignition is OFF for greater than 8 h.

image The fuel level is greater than 10%.

image The fuel composition is less than 87% ethanol. image The fuel system is in Closed Loop.

image The engine runtime is greater than 5 s. image The engine is not decelerating.

image DTC P0132 and P0138 run continuously when the above conditions are met for greater than 3 s.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0131 or P0137

The engine control module detects that the heated oxygen sensor voltage is less than 40 mV for greater than 40 s.

P0132 or P0138

The engine control module detects that the heated oxygen sensor voltage is greater than 1 050 mV for greater than 10 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P0131, P0132, P0137 and P0138 are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P0131, P0132, P0137 and P0138 are Type B DTCs.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Ignition ON.

2. Verify no HO2S heater DTCs are set.

image If a HO2S heater DTC is set.

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If no HO2S heater DTC is set.

3. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature, engine running.

4. Verify the scan tool HO2S Sensor 1 or 2 voltage parameters are between 50 - 1 050 mV.

image If not between 50 - 1 050 mV.

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If between 50 - 1 050 mV.

5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

6. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets.

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set.

7. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Ignition OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate B52 Heated Oxygen Sensor. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down. Ignition ON.

2. Test for 1.7 - 3.0 V between the high signal circuit terminal 4 and ground.

image If less than 1.7 V

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the high signal circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the high signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 3.0 V

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, ignition ON.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the high signal circuit and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 1.7 - 3.0 V

3. Verify the scan tool heated oxygen sensor Bank 1 or 2 Sensor 1 or 2 parameter is between 1.7 - 2.1 V.

image If less than 1.7 V

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the low signal circuit terminal 3 and ground. image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 1.7 - 2.1 V

4. Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the high signal circuit terminal 4 and the low signal circuit terminal 3.


NOTE: The low signal circuit is tied to a pull-up circuit within the engine control module. A voltage of 0.0 - 1.10 V on the low signal circuit is normal.


5. Verify the scan tool heated oxygen sensor Bank 1 or 2 Sensor 1 or 2 parameter displays 0.0 V.

image If greater than 0.0 V

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, ignition ON.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω.

3. Test for less than 1 V between the low signal circuit terminal 3 and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If 0.0 V

6. Verify none of the following conditions exist:

image Lean or rich fuel injectors. Refer to Fuel Injector Diagnosis . image Water intrusion in the HO2S harness connector

image Low or high fuel system pressure. Refer to Fuel System Diagnosis .

image Fuel that is contaminated. Refer to Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis .

image Fuel saturation of the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister image Exhaust leaks

image Engine vacuum leaks

image If any of the conditions exist

Repair as necessary.

image If none of the conditions exist

7. Test or replace the B52 Heated Oxygen Sensor.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1 image Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2

image Perform the scan tool Heated Oxygen Sensor Resistance Learn Reset after replacing a HO2S.

image Control Module References for ECM replacement, programming, and setup

DTC P0133, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P015A, P015B, P2270, OR P2271: HO2S SLOW/DELAYED RESPONSE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0133

HO2S Slow Response Sensor 1

DTC P013A

HO2S Slow Response Rich to Lean Sensor 2

DTC P013B

HO2S Slow Response Lean to Rich Sensor 2

DTC P013E

HO2S Delayed Response Rich to Lean Sensor 2

DTC P013F

HO2S Delayed Response Lean to Rich Sensor 2

DTC P015A

HO2S Delayed Response Rich to Lean Sensor 1

DTC P015B

HO2S Delayed Response Lean to Rich Sensor 1

DTC P2270

HO2S Signal Stuck Lean Sensor 2

DTC P2271

HO2S Signal Stuck Rich Sensor 2

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance


HO2S High Signal


P0131, P0137


P0132, P0134, P0138, P0140


P0132, P0134, P0138, P0140

P0133, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P015A, P015B


HO2S Low Signal


P0131, P0137


P0132, P0134, P0138, P0140


P0132, P0134, P0138, P0140

P0133, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P015A, P015B

Typical Scan Tool Data


HO2S 1 or 2

Circuit

Short to Ground

Open

Short to Voltage

Parameter Normal Range: 200 - 800 mV

High Signal

0.00 V

1.7 - 2.1 V

1.7 - 2.1 V

Low Signal

0.00 V

1.7 - 2.1 V

1.7 - 2.1 V

Circuit/System Description


The heated oxygen sensors (HO2S) are used for fuel control and catalyst monitoring. Each HO2S compares the oxygen content of the surrounding air with the oxygen content of the exhaust stream. When the engine is started, the control module operates in an Open Loop mode, ignoring the HO2S signal voltage while calculating the air-to-fuel ratio. While the engine runs, the HO2S heats up and begins to generate a voltage within a range of 0 - 1, 000 mV. Once sufficient HO2S voltage fluctuation is observed by the control module, Closed Loop is entered. The control module uses the HO2S voltage to determine the air-to-fuel ratio. An HO2S voltage that increases toward 1, 000 mV indicates a rich fuel mixture. An HO2S voltage that decreases toward 0 mV indicates a lean fuel mixture.

The heating elements inside each HO2S heat the sensor to bring the sensor up to operating conditions faster. This allows the system to enter Closed Loop earlier and the control module to calculate the air-to-fuel ratio

sooner.

Conditions for Running the DTC


P0133

image DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0131, P0132, P0134, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0207, P0208, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P0273, P0274, P0276, P0277, P0279, P0280, P0282, P0283, P0300 - P0308, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0452, P0453, P0455, P0496, P1104, P1248, P1249, P124A, P124B, P124C, P124D, P124E, P124F, P1516, P16F3, P2100 - P2103, P2119, P2135, P2147, P2148, P2150, P2151, P2153, P2154, P2156, P2157, P216B, P216C, P216E, P216F, P217B, P217C, P217E, P217F, P2176, P2227 -

P2230 are not set.

image The Ignition voltage is between 10 - 32 V. image The engine is OFF for greater 8 hours.

image The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is warmer than 60°C (140°F)°C. image The intake air temperature (IAT) is warmer than -40°C (-40°F)

image The fuel level is greater than 10%.

image The engine run time is greater than 30 s.

image The engine speed is between 1, 000 - 3, 500 RPM.

image The barometric (BARO) pressure is greater than 70 kPa. image The mass airflow (MAF) is between 12 - 60 g/s.

image The fuel system is in Closed Loop. image Device controls are not active.

image Ethanol content is less than 87%.

image Fuel control is not in power enrichment. image Decel fuel cut-off is not active.

image The DTCs run once per drive cycle when the above conditions are met for 4 s.

P013A or P013E

image Before the ECM can report DTC P013A, or P013C failed, DTCs P013E, P014A, P2270, and P2272 must run and pass.

image Before the ECM can report DTC P013E, or P014A failed, DTCs P2270 and P2272 must run and pass.

image DTCs P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0137, P0138, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P0140, P0141, P0171, P0172, P0201 - P0208, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300 - P0308, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0455, P0496, P1133, P1174, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2270, P2271, P2A00 are not

set.

image The Ignition voltage is between 10 - 32 V. image The engine is OFF for greater 8 hours.

image The learned heater resistance is valid.

image The fuel level is greater than 10%.

image After the above conditions are met decel fuel cut-off continues without driver initiated pedal input.

image The DTCs run once per ignition cycle, during decel fuel cut-off (DFCO), when the above conditions are met.

P013B or P013F

image Before the ECM can report DTC P013B, or P013D failed, DTCs P013A, P013C, P013E, P013F, P014A, P014B, P2270, P2271, P2272, and P2273 must run and pass.

image Before the ECM can report DTC P013F, or P014B failed, DTCs P013A, P013C, P013E, P014A, P2270, P2271, P2272, and P2273 must run and pass.

image DTCs P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0137, P0138, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P0140, P0141, P0171, P0172, P0201 - P0208, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300 - P0308, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0455, P0496, P1133, P1174, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2270, P2271, P2A00 are not

set.

image The Ignition voltage is between 10 - 32 V. image The engine is OFF for greater 8 hours.

image The learned heater resistance is valid. image The fuel level is greater than 10%.

image After the above conditions are met, fuel enrich mode is continued.

image The DTCs run once per ignition cycle when the above conditions are met.

P015A or P015B

image DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0207, P0208, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not

set.

image The Ignition voltage is between 10 - 32 V. image The engine is OFF for greater 8 hours.

image The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is warmer than 60°C (140°F). image The intake air temperature (IAT) is warmer than -40°C (-40°F)

image The fuel level is greater than 10%.

image The engine run time is greater than 30 s.

image The engine speed is between 1, 100 - 3, 500 RPM.

image The vehicle speed is between 52 - 124 km/h (32 - 77 mph). image The mass airflow (MAF) is between 2 - 50 g/s.

image The fuel system is in Closed Loop. image Device controls are not active.

image The evaporative emission (EVAP) diagnostics are not in control of purge. image The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater is on for greater than 40 s.

image The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater is on for greater than 175 s

image After the above conditions are met for 1 s the fuel mixture is forced rich.

image At the end of the forced rich fuel state, the heated oxygen sensor 1 is greater than 0.690 V and decel fuel cut-off is active.

image The DTCs run once per drive cycle when the above conditions are met.

P2270

image DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P0171, P0172, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300, P0411, P0412, P0418, P1174, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176,

P2270, P2271 are not set.

image The system voltage is between 10 - 32 V. image The engine is OFF for greater 8 hours.

image The fuel level is greater than 10%.

image The engine speed is between 1, 100 - 3, 500 RPM. image The engine airflow is between 2 - 50 g/s.

image The vehicle speed is between 52 - 124 km/h (32 - 77 mph). image The fuel state is in Closed Loop.

image The evaporative emission (EVAP) diagnostics are not in control of purge. image The HO2S heaters are ON for more than 180 s.

image The predicted catalytic converter temperature is between 550 - 910°C (1, 022 - 1, 670°F). image This DTC runs once per trip when all of the above conditions have been met for 2 s.

P2271

image DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P0171, P0172, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300, P0411, P0412, P0418, P1174, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176,

P2270 are not set.

image The system voltage is between 10 - 32 V. image The engine is OFF for greater 8 hours.

image The fuel level is greater than 10%.

image The engine speed is between 1, 100 - 3, 500 RPM. image The engine airflow is between 2 - 50 g/s.

image The vehicle speed is between 52 - 124 km/h (32 - 77 mph). image The fueling state is in Closed Loop.

image The evaporative emission (EVAP) diagnostics are not in control of purge. image Power take-off is not active.

image The heated oxygen sensor heaters have been on more than 180 s.

image The predicted catalyst temperature is between 550 - 910°C (1, 022 - 1, 670°F). image DTCs P013A, P013E, and P2270 have run and passed.

THEN

image Decel fuel cut-off is active.

image The accelerator pedal position is stable.

image This DTC runs once per trip when the above conditions are met for 3 s.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0133, P015A or P015B

image The engine control module detects that the heated oxygen sensor rich-to-lean or lean-to-rich average response time is greater than a calibrated value.

image The DTCs set within 60 s when the above condition is met.

P013A

The engine control module detects that the accumulated mass air flow monitored during rich-to-lean transitions between 450 - 150 mV is greater than 75 grams.

P013B

The engine control module detects that the accumulated mass air flow monitored during lean-to-rich transitions between 300 - 600 mV is greater than 75 grams.

P013E

The engine control module detects that the heated oxygen sensor voltage has not decreased below 450 mV within a calibrated value of accumulated air flow.

P013F

The engine control module detects that the heated oxygen sensor voltage has not increased above 300 mV within a calibrated value of accumulated air flow.

P2270

The engine control module does not detect a heated oxygen sensor voltage greater than 825 mV before accumulated mass air flow exceeds a calibrated value.

P2271

The engine control module does not detect an heated oxygen sensor voltage less than 100 mV before accumulated mass air flow exceeds a calibrated value.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


image DTCs P0133, P013E, P013F, P2270, and P2271 are Type B DTCs. image DTCs P013A, P013B, P015A, and P015B are Type A DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

image DTCs P0133, P013E, P013F, P2270, and P2271 are Type B DTCs. image DTCs P013A, P013B, P015A, and P015B are Type A DTCs.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify no HO2S heater DTCs are set.

image If a DTC is set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If a DTC is not set

3. Verify none of the conditions listed below exist:

image Lean or rich fuel injectors - Refer to Fuel Injector Diagnosis . image Water intrusion in the HO2S harness connector

image Low or high fuel system pressure - Refer to Fuel System Diagnosis .

image Fuel that is contaminated - Refer to Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis . image Fuel saturation of the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister

image Exhaust leaks

image Engine vacuum leaks

image Engine oil consumption - Refer to Oil Consumption Diagnosis . image Engine coolant consumption - Refer to Loss of Coolant .

image If any of the above conditions exist

Repair as necessary.

image If none of the conditions exist

4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

5. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Test or replace the appropriate B52 HO2S.

image If the DTC does not set

6. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1 image Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2

image Perform the scan tool Heated Oxygen Sensor Resistance Learn Reset after replacing an HO2S.

image Control Module References for ECM replacement, programming and setup

DTC P0171 OR P0172: FUEL TRIM SYSTEM

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0171

Fuel Trim System Lean

DTC P0172

Fuel Trim System Rich

Circuit/System Description


The engine control module (ECM) controls a Closed Loop air/fuel metering system in order to provide the best possible combination of driveability, fuel economy, and emission control. The ECM monitors the heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) signal voltage, and adjusts the fuel delivery based on the signal voltage while in Closed Loop. A change made to the fuel delivery changes the long and short term fuel trim values. The short term fuel trim

values change rapidly in response to the HO2S signal voltages. These changes fine tune the engine fueling. The long term fuel trim values change in response to trends in the short term fuel trim The long term fuel trim makes coarse adjustments to fueling in order to re-center and restore control to short term fuel trim. The ideal fuel trim values are around 0 %. A positive fuel trim value indicates that the ECM is adding fuel in order to compensate for a lean condition. A negative fuel trim value indicates that the ECM is reducing the amount of fuel in order to compensate for a rich condition.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTCs P0030, P0053, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0131 - P0135, P0201 - P0204, P0236, P0237, P0238, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P0300 - P0304, P0458, P1248, P1249, P124A, P124B, P2147, P2148, P2150, P2151, P2153, P2154, P2156, P2157,

P2227, P2228, P2229, or P2230 are not set.

image The engine is in Closed Loop status.

image The catalyst monitor diagnostic intrusive test, post 02 diagnostic intrusive test, device control, and evaporative emission leak test are not active.

image The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is between -20 and +150°C (-4 and +302°F). image The intake air temperature (IAT) is between -20 and +150°C (-4 and +302°F).

image The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) is between 5 - 255 kPa (0.7 - 37 psi). image The engine speed is between 400 - 6, 100 RPM.

image The mass air flow (MAF) is between 0.5 - 510 g/s.

image The barometric pressure (BARO) is greater than 70 kPa (10.2 psi).

image The fuel level is greater than 10 % and no fuel level sensor fault is present. image The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


image The average long term fuel trim weighted average value is greater or less than a calibrated value.

image The above condition is present for approximately 3 min after the Conditions for Running the DTC have been met.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P0171 and P0172 are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC


DTCs P0171 and P0172 are Type B DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


image Allow the engine to reach operating temperature. With the engine running, observe the HO2S parameter with a scan tool. The HO2S value should vary from approximately 40 mV to approximately 900 mV, and respond to fueling changes.

image The normal Short Term Fuel Trim and Long Term Fuel Trim parameters should be between +10 and -10

% with 0 % the optimum, with the engine running at operating temperature.

image Any un-metered air into the engine causes this DTC to set. Thoroughly inspect all areas of the engine for

vacuum leaks.

image A MAF sensor condition can cause this DTC without setting a MAF DTC. If there is a MAF sensor condition, the MAF sensor parameters will appear to be within range.

image Verify that the air filter is the correct one for this application. Verify that the engine oil fill cap is in place and that it is tight. Verify that the engine oil dip stick is fully seated.

image Certain aftermarket air filters may cause a DTC to set.

image Certain aftermarket air induction systems or modifications to the air induction system may cause a DTC to set.

image Certain aftermarket exhaust system components may cause a DTC to set.


Reference Information


Component View Reference

Powertrain Component Views

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify no other DTCs are set.

image If any other DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.

image If no other DTCs are set

3. Verify DTC P0171 or P0172 does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

5. Verify DTC P0171 or P0172 does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

6. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing

1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify the manifold absolute pressure sensor is within the range specified for your altitude. Refer to

Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure image If not within the specified range

Refer to DTC P0106

image If within the specified range

3. Engine running at the operating temperature.

4. Verify the Long Term Fuel Trim parameter is between -10 % and +10 %.

image If greater than +10 %

1. Vehicle OFF.

2. Inspect for the conditions listed below:

image Mass air flow (MAF) sensor signal skewed - If the Short Term Fuel Trim parameter changes greater than 20 % when the MAF sensor is disconnected, refer to DTC P0101 .

image Fuel contamination - Refer to Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis .

image Missing, restricted, or leaking exhaust components - Refer to Symptoms - Engine Exhaust . image Malfunctioning fuel injectors - Refer to Fuel Injector Diagnosis .

image Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, and improper connections image Insufficient fuel in the tank

image Low fuel pressure - Refer to Fuel System Diagnosis .

image Vacuum leaks at the intake manifold, the throttle body, and the injector O-rings. image Leaks in the air induction system and the air intake ducts

image Leaks in the components of the vacuum operated engine mount system image Missing air filter element

image Cracked EVAP canister

image Evaporative pipes obstructed or leaking

image The crankcase ventilation system for leaks - Refer to Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis .

image If a condition is found, repair as necessary.

image If no condition is found, inspect the engine for a mechanical condition. Refer to

Symptoms - Engine Mechanical .

image If less than -10 %

1. Vehicle OFF.

2. Inspect for the conditions listed below:

image Mass air flow (MAF) sensor signal skewed - If the Short Term Fuel Trim parameters for both banks changes greater than 20 % when the MAF sensor is disconnected, refer to DTC P0101 .

image Fuel contamination - Refer to Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis .

image Missing, restricted, or leaking exhaust components - Refer to Symptoms - Engine Exhaust . image Malfunctioning fuel injectors - Refer to Fuel Injector Diagnosis

image Collapsed or restricted air intake duct

image Excessive fuel pressure - Refer to Fuel System Diagnosis

image Dirty or restricted air filter

image Objects blocking the throttle body

image Improper operation of the evaporative emissions control system

image Excessive fuel in the crankcase - Change the engine oil as necessary.

image If a condition is found, repair as necessary.

image If no condition is found, inspect the engine for a mechanical condition. Refer to Symptoms - Engine Mechanical .

image If between -10 % and +10 %

5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

6. Verify DTC P0171 or P0172 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs set

Refer to conditions listed above.

image If none of the DTCs set

7. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair. Perform the scan tool Fuel Trim Reset after completing the repair.

DTC P0191 OR P0192: FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors

DTC P0191

Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Performance

DTC P0192

Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit Low Voltage

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance


5 V Reference

P018C, P0192, P0340, P0365, P0452, P0506, P0522, P0532, P055C, P0641, P2227, P2228


P0192


P018D, P0453, P0523, P0533, P055D, P0641, P2227


P0191

Signal

P0192, P0506

P0192

-

P0191

Low Reference

-

P0506

-

P0191

Circuit/System Description


The fuel pressure/temperature sensor transmits fuel pressure and temperature information by serial data using the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) J2716 Single Edge Nibble Transmission (SENT) protocol. The fuel pressure/temperature sensor internal microprocessor allows 4 separate sensor outputs from one 3 wire sensor.

The engine control module (ECM) supplies the fuel pressure/temperature sensor with a 5 V reference circuit, a low reference circuit, and an asynchronous signal/serial data circuit. The asynchronous signal means communication is only going from the fuel pressure/temperature sensor to the ECM. The ECM decodes the serial data signal into separate voltages.

Conditions for Running the DTC


P0191

image The engine is running for greater than 1 min.

image The commanded fuel pressure rate of change, increase or decrease, is less than 3 MPa (435 PSI) for greater than or equal to 1.25 s.

image The DTC runs continuously within the enabling conditions.

P0192

image The engine is cranking or running.

image The DTC runs continuously within the enabling condition.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0191

The difference between the commanded high pressure and the measured high pressure is greater than or less

than a predefined threshold for greater than or equal to 1.5 s.

P0192

The ECM detects that the fuel pressure/temperature sensor signal voltage is low for greater than 30 s with the engine running or greater than 10 s with the engine cranking.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


image DTCs P0191, P0192, are Type A DTCs.

image A message center or an indicator may display Reduced Engine Power.


Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P0191, P0192 are Type A DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


image A high resistance condition on the fuel pressure/temperature sensor circuits could cause a DTC to set. image Inspect for a contaminated fuel system.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Powertrain Component View

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

Fuel System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Ignition - On / Vehicle - In Service Mode

2. Verify there are no DTCs set related to the following system/component:5V Reference

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to:Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. Verify there are no DTCs set related to the following system/component:B310 Fuel Pressure/Temperature Sensor

image If other DTCs are set - With DTC P0191 set.set.

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If only DTC P0191 set. is set & No other DTCs related to the concerned component are set.

Replace the component:B310 Fuel Pressure/Temperature Sensor

image If none of the DTCs are set

4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

5. Verify that no DTCs are set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If none of the DTCs are set

6. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: Disconnecting the fuel pressure/temperature sensor harness connector causes additional DTCs to set.


1. Ignition OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at B310 Fuel Pressure/Temperature Sensor. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.

2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 1 and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 5 Ω

3. Ignition ON.

4. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 3 and ground.

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the 5 V reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 5.2 V

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, ignition ON.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 4.8 - 5.2 V

5. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the signal circuit terminal 2 and ground.

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 5.2 V

1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, ignition ON.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 4.8 - 5.2 V

6. Replace the B310 Fuel Pressure/Temperature Sensor.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

image Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement for B310 Fuel Pressure/Temperature Sensor.

image Control Module References for control module replacement, programming and setup.

DTC P0182, P0183, P0187, P0188, P111F, P126E, OR P126F: FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0182

Fuel Temperature Sensor Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0183

Fuel Temperature Sensor Circuit High Voltage

DTC P0187

Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0188

Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor Circuit High Voltage

DTC P111F

Fuel Temperature Sensor 1 Fuel Temperature Sensor 2 Not Plausible

DTC P126E

Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor 1 Internal Performance

DTC P126F

Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor 2 Internal Performance

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

5 V Reference

P0452, P06D2, P16E5

P16E4

P06D2, P128A, P128B

P0191

Signal

P16E4

P128C, P128D, P16E5

P16E5

P0191

Low Reference

-

P128C, P128D, P16E5

-

P0191

Circuit/System Description

The fuel rail pressure sensor transmits fuel pressure and temperature information by serial data using the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) J2716 Single Edge Nibble Transmission (SENT) protocol. The fuel rail pressure sensor internal microprocessor allows 4 separate sensor outputs from one 3 wire sensor. The engine control module (ECM) supplies the fuel rail pressure sensor with a 5 V reference circuit, a low reference circuit, and an asynchronous signal/serial data circuit. The asynchronous signal means communication is only going from the fuel rail pressure sensor to the ECM.

Conditions for Running the DTC


P0182 or P0183

image DTC P126E, P128C, P16E4, or P16E5 is not set.

image DTC P126E or P128C is not pending. image Ignition is ON.

image The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0187 or P0188

image DTC P126F, P128D, P16E4, or P16E5 is not set.

image DTC P126F or P128D is not pending. image Ignition is ON.

image The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P111F

image DTC P0182, P0183, P0187, P0188, P126E, P126F, P128C, P128D, P16E4, or P16E5 is not set.

image DTC P128C, P128D, P16E4, or P16E5 is not pending. image Ignition is ON.

image The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P126E

image DTC P128C, P16E4, or P16E5 is not set. image DTC P128C is not pending.

image Ignition is ON.

image The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P126F

image DTC P128D, P16E4, or P16E5 is not set. image DTC P128D is not pending.

image Ignition is ON.

image The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0182

The ECM detects the scan tool Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor 1 parameter counts are less than 145 for greater than 6 s.

P0183

The ECM detects the scan tool Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor 1 parameter counts are greater than 1, 865 for greater than 6 s.

P0187

The ECM detects the scan tool Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor 2 parameter counts are less than 145 for greater than 6 s.

P0188

The ECM detects the scan tool Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor 2 parameter counts are greater than 1, 865 for greater than 6 s.

P111F

The ECM detects the difference between fuel rail temperature sensor 1 and fuel rail temperature sensor 2 is greater than 20°C (68°F) for greater than 12 s.

P126E

The ECM detects the scan tool Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor 1 parameter counts are greater the 4, 089 for greater than 6 s.

P126F

The ECM detects the scan tool Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor 2 parameter counts are greater the 4, 089 for greater than 6 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


image DTC P0182, P0183, P0187, P0188, P111F, P126E, and P126F are Type B DTCs.

image A message center or an indicator displays Propulsion Power is Reduced and Service Stabilitrak.


Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTC P0182, P0183, P0187, P0188, P111F, P126E, and P126F are Type B DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


A high resistance condition on the fuel rail pressure sensor circuits could cause a DTC to set.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Powertrain Component View

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

Fuel System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify that DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, or P06A3 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, or P06D2 for further diagnosis.

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. Verify that DTC P0182, P0183, P0187, P0188, P111F, P126E, P126F, P128A, P128B, P128C, P128D,

P128F, P16E4, or P16E5 is not set.

image If DTC P0182, P0183, P0187, P0188, P111F, P126E, or P126F are the only DTCs set

Test or replace the B47B Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor.

image If DTC P128A, P128B, P128C, P128D, P128F, P16E4, or P16E5 is set with any of the DTCs

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If none of the DTCs are set

4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

5. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

6. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: Disconnecting the fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector causes additional DTCs to set.


1. Vehicle OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at B47B Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor. It may take up to 2 mins for all vehicle systems to power down.

2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 1 and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 5 Ω

3. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 3 and ground.

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the 5 V reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 5.2 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 4.8 - 5.2 V

5. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the signal circuit terminal 2 and ground.

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 5.2 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 4.8 - 5.2 V

6. Replace the B47B Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement

image Control Module References for K20 Engine Control Module replacement, programming, and setup

DTC P018B-P018D: FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P018B

Fuel Pressure Sensor Performance

DTC P018C

Fuel Pressure Sensor Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P018D

Fuel Pressure Sensor Circuit High Voltage

Diagnostic Fault Information


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance


5 V Reference

P0106, P0107, P018C, P0532, P0641


P018C

P00C7, P0106, P018D, P0523, P0641


P018B

Signal

P018C

P018C

P018D

P018B


Low Reference


-

P018D, P0453, P0463, P0533, P24BB


P018D


P018B


Circuit/System Description


The fuel pressure sensor is located on the chassis fuel pipe. The fuel pressure sensor monitors the fuel pressure in the fuel line. The engine control module (ECM) monitors the voltage signal from the fuel pressure sensor.

The sensor provides a fuel pressure signal to the ECM, which is used to provide Closed Loop fuel pressure control.

Conditions for Running the DTC


P018B

image DTC P018C, P018D, P0231, P0232, P023F, P0641, P1255, P129D, or P12A6 is not set.

image Engine is running for greater than or equal to 5 s. image Fuel pump enable circuit is commanded ON.

image Fuel pressure is greater than 0 kPa (0 PSI) image Low fuel level warning not present.

image The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P018C or P018D

image Engine is cranking or running.

image The DTCs run continuously when the above condition is met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P018B

The ECM does not detect a normal fuel pressure change of at least 30 kPa (4.4 PSI) when the fuel pump is operating. The fuel pressure sensor performance diagnostic provides a means to detect fuel pressure sensor output that is stuck within the normal operating range of the sensor.

P018C

The ECM detects that the fuel pressure sensor voltage is less than 0.2 V for 1 s.

P018D

The ECM detects that the fuel pressure sensor voltage is greater than 4.8 V for 1 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTC P018B, P018C and P018D are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTC P018B, P018C and P018D are Type B DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


Using the Failure Records data may help locate an intermittent condition. If you cannot duplicate the DTC, the information in the Failure Records can help determine how many miles since the DTC set. The Fail Counter and Pass Counter can help determine how many ignition cycles that the diagnostic test reported a pass and/or a fail.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Powertrain Component View

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

Fuel System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Connector Repairs

image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC U0074 or U18A2 is not set or stored in history.

image If DTC U0074 or U18A2 is set or stored in history

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If DTC U0074 or U18A2 is not set or stored in history

3. Engine Running.

4. Verify the scan tool Fuel Pressure Sensor parameter is between 0.2 - 4.8 V.

image If not between 0.2 - 4.8 V

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If between 0.2 - 4.8 V

5. Verify the scan tool Fuel Pressure Sensor increases or decreases when commanding an increase and decrease in Fuel Pressure with a scan tool.

image If the pressure does not change

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the pressure changes

6. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

7. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

8. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Vehicle OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B47 Fuel Pressure Sensor. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.

2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 5 Ω

3. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 3 and ground.

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the 5 V reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 5.2 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 4.8 - 5.2 V

5. Verify the scan tool Fuel Pressure Sensor parameter is less than 1 V.

image If 1 V or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 1 V

6. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 1 and the 5 V reference circuit terminal 3, wait 15 s.

7. Verify the scan tool Fuel Pressure Sensor parameter is greater than 4.8 V.

image If 4.8 V or less

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground. image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 4.8 V

8. Replace the B47 Fuel Pressure Sensor.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement

image Control Module References for control module replacement, programming and setup

DTC P0201-P0204, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P1248, P1249, P124A, P124B, P2147, P2148, P2150, P2151, P2153, P2154, P2156, OR P2157: CYLINDER INJECTOR CONTROL

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0201

Cylinder 1 Injector Control Circuit

DTC P0202

Cylinder 2 Injector Control Circuit

DTC P0203

Cylinder 3 Injector Control Circuit

DTC P0204

Cylinder 4 Injector Control Circuit

DTC P0261

Cylinder 1 Injector Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0262

Cylinder 1 Injector Control Circuit High Voltage

DTC P0264

Cylinder 2 Injector Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0265

Cylinder 2 Injector Control Circuit High Voltage

DTC P0267

Cylinder 3 Injector Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0268

Cylinder 3 Injector Control Circuit High Voltage

DTC P0270

Cylinder 4 Injector Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0271

Cylinder 4 Injector Control Circuit High Voltage

DTC P1248

Cylinder 1 Injector High Control Circuit Shorted to Control Circuit

DTC P1249

Cylinder 2 Injector High Control Circuit Shorted to Control Circuit

DTC P124A

Cylinder 3 Injector High Control Circuit Shorted to Control Circuit

DTC P124B

Cylinder 4 Injector High Control Circuit Shorted to Control Circuit

DTC P2147

Cylinder 1 Injector High Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P2148

Cylinder 1 Injector High Control Circuit High Voltage

DTC P2150

Cylinder 2 Injector High Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P2151

Cylinder 2 Injector High Control Circuit High Voltage

DTC P2153

Cylinder 3 Injector High Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P2154

Cylinder 3 Injector High Control Circuit High Voltage

DTC P2156

Cylinder 4 Injector High Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P2157

Cylinder 4 Injector High Control Circuit High Voltage

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

Fuel Injector 1 Control +

P2147

P0201

P2148

P1248

Fuel Injector 1 Control -

P0261

P0201

P0262, P2148

P1248

Fuel Injector 2 Control +

P2150

P0202

P2151

P1249

Fuel Injector 2 Control -

P0264

P0202

P0265, P2151

P1249

Fuel Injector 3 Control +

P2153

P0203

P2154

P124A

Fuel Injector 3 Control -

P0267

P0203

P0268, P2154

P124A

Fuel Injector 4 Control +

P2156

P0204

P2157

P124B

Fuel Injector 4 Control -

P0270

P0204

P0271, P2157

P124B

Circuit/System Description


The engine control module (ECM) supplies voltage to each fuel injector on the injector high voltage supply circuits. The ECM energizes each fuel injector by grounding the high voltage control circuit of the fuel injector. The ECM monitors the status of the injector high voltage supply circuits and the fuel injector high voltage control circuits. When a fuel injector circuit condition is detected by the ECM, the affected fuel injector(s) is disabled.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTC P062B is not set.

image The engine is running for greater than or equal to 2 s. image The ignition voltage is greater than or equal to 11 V.

image The DTCs run continuously once the above conditions are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0201, P0202, P0203, or P0204

The ECM detects the fuel injector control - circuit is open for 2 s.

P0261, P0264, P0267, or P0270

The ECM detects the fuel injector control - circuit is shorted to ground for 2 s.

P0262, P0265, P0268, or P0271

The ECM detects the fuel injector control - circuit is shorted to voltage for 2 s.

P1248, P1249, P124A, or P124B

The ECM detects the fuel injector control + circuit is shorted to the fuel injector control - circuit for 2 s.

P2147, P2150, P2153, or P2156

The ECM detects the fuel injector control + circuit is shorted to ground for 2 s.

P2148, P2151, P2154, or P2157

The ECM detects the fuel injector control + circuit is shorted to voltage for 2 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P1248, P1249, P124A, P124B, P2147, P2148, P2150, P2151, P2153, P2154, P2156, and P2157 are Type A DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P1248, P1249, P124A, P124B, P2147, P2148, P2150, P2151, P2153, P2154, P2156, and P2157 are Type A DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


image Performing the Fuel Injector Diagnosis may help isolate an intermittent condition. Refer to Fuel Injector Diagnosis .

image If the condition is intermittent, move the related harnesses and connectors, with the engine operating, while monitoring the scan tool Injector Control Circuit Status parameters. An Injector Control Circuit Status parameter will change from OK or Not Run to Malfunction if there is a condition with the circuit or a connection.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Fuel System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC P0685 or P1682 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. Verify DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P1248, P1249, P124A, P124B, P2147, P2148, P2150, P2151, P2153, P2154, P2156, or P2157 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If none of the DTCs are set

4. Engine running.

5. Verify the scan tool Cylinder 1 - 4 Current Misfire Counter parameters do not increment.

image If the Cylinder 1 - 4 Current Misfire Counters increment

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the Cylinder 1 - 4 Current Misfire Counters do not increment

6. Verify the scan tool Cylinder 1 - 4 Injector Control Circuit Status parameters display OK.

image If the Cylinder 1 - 4 Injector Control Circuit Status parameters do not display OK

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the Cylinder 1 - 4 Injector Control Circuit Status parameters display OK

7. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

8. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

9. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate Q17 Fuel Injector, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for 1/2 of battery voltage ± 0.5 V between the control + circuit terminal 1 and ground.

image If less than 1/2 of battery voltage ± 0.5 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the control + circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the control + circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω

4. Test for infinite resistance between the control + circuit terminal 1 and the control - circuit terminal 2.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short between the circuits. image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If 1/2 of battery voltage ± 0.5 V

3. Vehicle OFF, connect a test lamp between the control + circuit terminal 1 and the control - circuit terminal 2.

4. Vehicle in Service Mode, engine running.

5. Verify the test lamp flashes ON and OFF.

image If the test lamp does not flash

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the control - circuit terminal 2 and ground. image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the control - circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω

4. Vehicle in Service Mode.

5. Test for less than 1 V between the control - circuit terminal 2 and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If the test lamp flashes

6. Test or replace the Q17 Fuel Injector.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Fuel Injector Replacement

image Control Module References for ECM replacement, programming, and setup

DTC P0231, P0232, OR P023F: FUEL PUMP CONTROL

Diagnostic Instructions

image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0231

Fuel Pump Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0232

Fuel Pump Control Circuit High Voltage

DTC P023F

Fuel Pump Control Circuit

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

Supply Voltage

P0171, P0232, P023F

P0171, P0232, P023F

P0171, P0232, P023F

P023F, P2635

Low Reference

-

P0232, P023F, P0506

P0232, P023F, P0506

P023F, P2635

Circuit/System Description


The engine control module (ECM) supplies voltage to the fuel pump driver control module when the ECM detects that the ignition is on. The voltage from the ECM to the fuel pump driver control module remains active for 2 s, unless the engine is in crank or run. While this voltage is being received, the fuel pump driver control module supplies a varying voltage to the fuel tank fuel pump module in order to maintain the desired fuel line pressure. The fuel pump driver control module monitors the fuel pump voltage to determine if the fuel pump is functioning as commanded.

Conditions for Running the DTC


P0231

image DTC P129E or P12A8 are not present.

image The ignition voltage is between 9 - 32 V. image The engine is cranking or running.

image The fuel pump enable circuit is commanded ON.

image The fuel pump driver control module output current is less than 75 A. image The DTC runs continuously when the conditions above are met.

P0232

image DTC P129E or P12A8 are not present.

image The ignition voltage is between 9 - 32 V.

image The fuel pump enable circuit is commanded ON.

image The DTC runs continuously when the conditions above are met.

P023F

image DTC P1255, P129E, or P12A8 are not present. image The ignition voltage is between 9 - 32 V.

image The fuel pump commanded duty cycle is between 30 - 60 percent. image The DTC runs continuously when the conditions above are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0231

The fuel pump driver control module detects that the fuel pump control circuit is shorted to ground for 1 s.

P0232

The fuel pump driver control module detects that the fuel pump output circuit voltage is greater than 4 V for 1 s when the voltage should be 0 V.

P023F

The fuel pump driver control module detects that the fuel pump control circuit is open for 1 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P0231, P0232, and P023F are Type A DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P0231, P0232, and P023F are Type A DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


Using the Failure Records data may help locate an intermittent condition. If you cannot duplicate the DTC, the information in the Failure Records can help determine how many miles since the DTC set. The Fail Counter and Pass Counter can help determine how many ignition cycles that the diagnostic test reported a pass and/or a fail.

On vehicles equipped with a high pressure mechanical pump on Direct Fuel Injection engines, the vehicle may continue to run even though the pump in the fuel tank is not operating.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Fuel System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify the fuel pump turns ON and OFF when commanding the Fuel Pump Enable On and Off with a scan tool.

image If the fuel pump does not turn ON and OFF

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the fuel pump turns ON and OFF

3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

4. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

5. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing

1. Vehicle OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module and the G12 Fuel Pump inline harness connector X350.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end between the following terminals: image X350 terminal 16

image K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module terminal 16

image If 2 Ω or greater

Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω

3. Connect the harness connector at the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module.

4. Vehicle in Service Mode, connect a test lamp between the fuel pump control circuit terminal 1 and the low reference circuit terminal 16 on the body side of connector X350.

5. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Fuel Pump Enable On and Off with a scan tool.

image If the test lamp is always OFF

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the fuel pump control circuit and ground. image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the fuel pump control circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, test or replace the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module.

image If the test lamp is always ON

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the harness connector at the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the fuel pump control circuit and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, test or replace the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module.

image If the test lamp turns ON and OFF

6. Vehicle OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module and at the G12 Fuel Pump. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.

7. Test for infinite resistance between the low reference circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance

Repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance

8. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater

Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω

9. Test for infinite resistance between the fuel pump control circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance

Repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance

10. Test for less than 2 Ω in the fuel pump control circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater

Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω

11. Replace the G12 Fuel Pump.


Component Testing


Static Test

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module.

2. Connect a DMM, set on the diode setting, with the positive lead at terminal 16 and the negative lead at terminal 9 of the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module

3. Test for 0.4 - 0.8 V between terminal 16 and terminal 9.

image If not between 0.4 - 0.8 V

Replace the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module.

image If between 0.4 - 0.8 V

4. Connect a DMM, set on the diode setting, with the positive lead at terminal 9 and the negative lead at terminal 16 of the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module

5. Test for OL between terminal 9 and terminal 16.

image If not OL

Replace the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module.

image If OL

6. All OK


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement

image Control Module References for Fuel Pump Driver Control Module replacement, programming and setup

DTC P0300-P0304: ENGINE/CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

DTC Descriptors


DTC P0300

Engine Misfire Detected

DTC P0301

Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected

DTC P0302

Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected

DTC P0303

Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected

DTC P0304

Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected

Circuit/System Description


The engine control module (ECM) uses information from the crankshaft position sensor and the camshaft position sensor to determine when a engine cylinder misfire is occurring. By monitoring variations in the crankshaft rotation speed for each cylinder, the ECM can detect individual cylinder misfire events.

Extreme cylinder misfire events can cause catalytic converter damage. The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) will flash when the conditions for catalytic converter damage are present. DTCs P0301 through P0304 correspond to cylinders 1 through 4. When the ECM detects that one or more specific cylinders are misfiring, the DTC for the respective misfiring cylinder will set and up to 2 of the corresponding fuel injectors are disabled for a minimum of 30 s. The ECM will then re-enable the fuel injector and, after approximately 200 engine revolutions, will determine if the misfire is still present. If the misfire is still present, the ECM will disable the fuel injector again repeating the process. If the misfire is not present, the fuel injector will remain enabled by the ECM. In Spark Ignition Direct Injection (SIDI) system applications, if a fuel injector fault DTC is set during a misfire event, the ECM will not re-enable the injector.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTC P0010, P0011, P0013, P0014, P0016, P0017, P0068, P00C8, P00C9, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0122, P0123, P0191, P0192, P0193, P0222, P0223, P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0365, P0366, P0601, P0604, P0606, P0651, P16A0, P16A1, P16A2, P16F3, P2101, P2135, P2227, P2228, P2229, or P2230 is not set.

image The engine speed is less than 1, 000 RPM and DTC P0315 is set. image The engine speed is greater than 1, 050 RPM.

image The crankshaft position and camshaft position sensors are synchronized.

image The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is between -12 and 127°C (10 - 261°F).

image If the ECT is colder than -12°C (10°F) at start-up, this diagnostic will not run until the ECT is between 21 - 127°C (70 - 261°F).

image The battery voltage is between 9 - 32 V.

image The ECM is not detecting a rough road signal. image The fuel level is at least 11%.

image The ECM is not in fuel cut-off or deceleration fuel cut-off mode.

The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0300

The ECM detects a crankshaft rotation speed variation indicating a misfire rate sufficient to cause emissions levels to exceed a predetermined value or a misfire rate high enough to cause catalyst damage.

P0301, P0302, P0303, or P0304

The ECM detects a crankshaft rotation speed variation indicating a single cylinder misfire rate sufficient to cause emissions levels to exceed mandated standards.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


image DTCs P0300 - P0304 are Type B DTCs.

image Engine idle speed will increase to 2500 RPM.

image The ECM will flash the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) when a catalyst damaging level of misfire is present.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P0300 - P0304 are Type B DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


image A misfire DTC could be caused by an excessive vibration from sources other than the engine. Inspect for the conditions listed below:

image A tire or wheel that is out of round or out of balance image Variable thickness brake rotors

image An unbalanced drive shaft

image Certain rough road conditions image Transmission operation

image A damaged or defective accessory drive component or belt

image High resistance in the circuits of the injectors may set a misfire DTC without setting an injector DTC. Test the injector circuits of the affected cylinder(s) for a high resistance if you suspect a condition.

image If the condition is intermittent, observing the scan tool IC Circuit Test and Fuel Injector Circuit Test Status parameters may help isolate the condition. The circuit test status parameters will change from OK or Not Run to Fault/Malfunction if a condition exists.

image A condition in the heated O2 sensor (HO2S) heater control circuits may set a DTC P0300.

Reference Information


Description and Operation

image Electronic Ignition System Description image Fuel System Description

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information Special Tools

EL26792 Spark Tester

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .

Circuit/System Verification


NOTE: If the hybrid battery is fully charged and the hood is opened, the engine runs at a very low load since the hybrid battery cannot accept any additional charge. At this very low engine load, engine misfire may not be detected. Ensure that the battery state of charge indicator on the IPC is at least 2 bars below fully charged before proceeding.

Before starting the engine, review the freeze frame failure records data to determine if the misfire sets during a cold start or at operating temperature. If there is a cold start condition and the engine is started, the engine will need to be cooled down before the next attempt to start the engine within the fail conditions.


1. Perform the scan tool Crankshaft Position Variation Learn procedure.

2. Verify no DTCs are set.

image If any DTCs other than P0300 - P0304 are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If DTC P0300 - P0304 is set

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If no DTCs are set

3. Verify the scan tool Cylinder 1 - 4 Current Misfire Counter parameters do not increment.

image If increments

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If does not increment

4. Engine Running, perform the Cylinder Power Balance Test with a scan tool.

5. Verify the engine speed changes when each injector is disabled and then enabled.

image If engine speed does not change

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If engine speed does change

6. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

7. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

8. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Verify none of the following conditions listed below exist:

image Damage, carbon tracking, or fluid intrusion of the spark plug boots and/or spark plugs image Vacuum hose splits, kinks, and incorrect connections

image Engine vacuum leaks

image Crankcase ventilation system for vacuum leaks

image Fuel pressure that is too low or too high. Refer to Fuel System Diagnosis . image Contaminated fuel. Refer to Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis .

image Exhaust system restrictions

image If a condition exists

Repair or replace as necessary.

image If no conditions exist


NOTE: An erratic or weak spark is considered a no spark condition.


2. Vehicle OFF, remove the appropriate T 8 Ignition Coil from the spark plug and connect the EL 26792

HEI Spark Tester to the spark plug boot.

3. Engine Running momentarily.

4. Verify the spark output.

image If no output or the output is weak

Refer to Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis .

image If the output is good

5. Vehicle OFF.

6. Verify the conditions listed below. Refer to Ignition System Specifications . image The correct spark plug type

image The correct spark plug gap

image The correct spark plug torque

image If a condition exists

Repair or replace as necessary.

image If no conditions exist

7. Exchange the suspect spark plug with another cylinder that is operating correctly.

8. Engine Running.

9. Verify the scan tool Cylinder 1 - 4 Current Misfire Counter does not increment for the cylinder where the suspect spark plug was installed.

image If increments

Replace the spark plug.

image If does not increment

10. Test or inspect for the conditions listed below:

image A lean or rich Q17 Fuel Injector - Refer to Fuel Injector Diagnosis .

image An engine mechanical condition - Refer to Symptoms - Engine Mechanical .


Repair Instructions

image Ignition Coil Replacement image Spark Plug Replacement

Repair Verification

1. Install any components or connectors that have been removed or replaced during diagnosis.

2. Perform any adjustment, programming or setup procedures that are required when a component or module is removed or replaced.

3. Clear the DTCs.

4. Turn OFF the ignition for 60 s.

5. If the repair was related to a DTC, duplicate the Conditions for Running the DTC and use the Freeze Frame/Failure Records, if applicable, in order to verify the DTC does not reset. If the DTC resets or another DTC is present, refer to the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle and perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure.

6. Engine Running, verify the scan tool Cylinder 1 - 4 Current Misfire Counter parameters do not increment. image If the misfire counter parameters increment, a misfire condition still exists.

7. To verify that the performance of the catalytic converter has not been affected by the condition that set this DTC, perform the Repair Verification for DTC P0420. Refer to DTC P0420.

DTC P0315: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SYSTEM VARIATION NOT LEARNED

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P0315

Crankshaft Position System Variation Not Learned

Circuit/System Description


The crankshaft position variation learn feature is used to calculate reference period errors caused by slight tolerance variations in the crankshaft, and the crankshaft position sensor. The calculated error allows the engine control module (ECM) to accurately compensate for reference period variations. This enhances the ability of the ECM to detect misfire events over a wider range of engine speed and load conditions.

The crankshaft position system variation compensating values are stored in ECM memory after a learn procedure has been performed and the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position for at least 30 s. If the actual variation is not within the crankshaft position system variation compensating values stored in the ECM, DTC P0300 may set.

If the crankshaft position system variation values are not stored in the ECM memory or a proper ECM power down does not occur after completing the Crankshaft Position Learn Procedure, DTC P0315 sets.

Conditions for Running the DTC


Engine is Running.

The DTC runs continuously when the above condition is met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM detects that the crankshaft position system variation values are not stored in memory.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P0315 is a Type A DTC. Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC DTC P0315 is a Type A DTC. Diagnostic Aids

This test procedure requires that the vehicle battery has passed a load test and is completely charged. Refer to

Battery Inspection/Test . Reference Information DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Perform the scan tool Crankshaft Position Variation Learn procedure.

2. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

3. Verify the DTC is not set.

image If the DTC sets

Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If the DTC does not set

4. All OK


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup

DTC P0324, P0326, OR P06B6: KNOCK SENSOR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE/CONTROL MODULE KNOCK SENSOR PROCESSOR PERFORMANCE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0324

Knock Sensor System Performance

DTC P0326

Knock Sensor Performance

DTC P06B6

Control Module Knock Sensor Processor Performance

Diagnostic Fault Information


Circuit

Short to

Open/High

Short to

Signal


Ground

Resistance

Voltage

Performance

High Signal

P0327, P06B6

P0325

P0328

P0324*, P0326**

Low Signal

P0327

P0325

P0328

P0324*, P0326**

* Signal Performance High

** Signal Performance Low


Circuit/System Description


The knock sensor enables the engine control module (ECM) to control the ignition timing for the best possible performance while protecting the engine from potentially damaging levels of detonation. The knock sensor produces an alternating current (AC) voltage signal that varies depending on the vibration level during engine operation. The ECM adjusts the spark timing based on the amplitude and the frequency of the knock sensor signal. The ECM learns a minimum knock sensor noise level for all of the engine speed ranges and monitors the normal knock sensor signal. The ECM monitors the internal knock sensor processor test circuits which perform the open circuit diagnostic.

Conditions for Running the DTCs


P0324 or P0326

image Engine is running for 2 s or greater.

image The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is -40°C (-40°F) or warmer.

image The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 1 is -40°C (-40°F) or warmer.

AND

image Engine speed is 8, 500 RPM or less.

image Engine air flow is 2000 mg or less per cylinder.

OR

image Engine speed is 8500 RPM or greater for 200 or more cumulative revolutions. image Engine air flow is 2000 mg or greater per cylinder.

OR

image Engine speed is 2250 RPM or greater for 75 or more cumulative revolutions. image Engine air flow is 30 mg or greater per cylinder.

OR

image Engine speed is 8500 RPM or greater for 100 or more cumulative revolutions. image Engine air flow is 2000 mg or greater per cylinder.

P06B6

image Engine is running for 2 s or greater.

image Engine speed is between 400 - 8, 500 RPM for 150 or more cumulative revolutions.

image Engine air flow is between 20 - 2000 mg per cylinder.

The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTCs


P0324

The ECM detects that the knock sensor signal performance is out of the normal calibrated range due to excessive engine knock on a per cylinder basis.

P0326

The ECM detects that the knock sensor signal performance is out of the normal calibrated range due to low signal level.

P06B6

The ECM has detected a fault in the knock sensor processor open circuit diagnostic internal test circuit.

Action Taken When the DTCs Set


image DTCs P0324, P0326, and P06B6, are Type C DTCs.

image The ignition timing is retarded to reduce the potential of engine damaging spark knock.


Conditions for Clearing the DTCs


DTCs P0324, P0326, and P06B6 are Type C DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


A malfunction in the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) system may cause DTC P0324 to set.

Reference Information


Description and Operation

Electronic Ignition System Description

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Engine Running

2. Verify DTC P0325, P0327, P0328, P0401, or P06B6 is not set.

image If DTC P0325, P0327, or P0328 is set with P06B6

Refer to DTC P0325, P0327, or P0328.

image If DTC P0401 is set

Refer to DTC P0401.

image If only DTC P06B6 is set

Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. Vehicle OFF.

4. Verify none of the conditions listed below exist:

image B68 Knock Sensor or wiring harness damage.

image Incorrect B68 Knock Sensor installation. Refer to Fastener Specifications .

image B68 Knock Sensor and engine mounting surface burrs, casting flash, and foreign material. image Close proximity of hoses, brackets, and engine wiring.

image Loose brackets.

image Loose or broken accessory drive belts, brackets, components.

image An engine mechanical condition. Refer to Symptoms - Engine Mechanical . image Contaminated or poor quality fuel.

image If a condition exists

Repair or replace as necessary.

image If no conditions exist

5. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

image If the DTC sets

Test or replace the B68 Knock Sensor.

image If the DTC does not set

6. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Knock Sensor Replacement

image Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.

DTC P0325, P0327, OR P0328: KNOCK SENSOR CIRCUIT

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.

image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0325

Knock Sensor Circuit

DTC P0327

Knock Sensor Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0328

Knock Sensor Circuit High Voltage

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

High Signal

P0327, P06B6

P0325

P0328

P0324*, P0326**

Low Signal

P0327

P0325

P0328

P0324*, P0326**

* Signal Performance High

** Signal Performance Low

Circuit/System Description


The knock sensor enables the engine control module (ECM) to control the ignition timing for the best possible performance while protecting the engine from potentially damaging levels of detonation. The knock sensor produces an alternating current (AC) voltage signal that varies depending on the vibration level during engine operation. The ECM adjusts the spark timing based on the amplitude and the frequency of the knock sensor signal. The ECM learns a minimum knock sensor noise level for all of the engine speed ranges and monitors the normal knock sensor signal. The ECM monitors the internal knock sensor processor test circuits which perform the open circuit diagnostic.

Conditions for Running the DTCs


P0325

image Engine is running for 2 s or greater.

image Engine speed is between 400 - 5, 500 RPM for 75 or more cumulative revolutions. image Engine air flow is between 20 - 2000 mg per cylinder.

image The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is -40°C (-40°F) or warmer.

image The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 1 is -40°C (-40°F) or warmer.

P0327 or P0328

Engine speed is less than 8, 500 RPM.

The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTCs


P0325

The ECM detects that a knock sensor signal circuit is open.

P0327

The ECM detects that the knock sensor low signal circuit is out of the calibrated range.

P0328

The ECM detects that the knock sensor high signal circuit is out of the calibrated range.

Action Taken When the DTCs Set


image DTCs P0325, P0327 and P0328 are Type A DTCs.

image The ignition timing is retarded to reduce the potential of engine damaging spark knock.


Conditions for Clearing the DTCs


DTCs P0325, P0327 and P0328 are Type A DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids

The following conditions listed below may cause a knock sensor DTC to set: image Sensor damage.

image Knock sensor and engine mounting surface burrs, casting flash, and foreign material. image Close proximity of hoses, brackets, and engine wiring.

image Loose brackets.

image Loose or broken accessory drive belts, brackets, components.

image An engine mechanical condition. Refer to Symptoms - Engine Mechanical .


Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Electronic Ignition System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Circuit Testing

image Wiring Repairs

image Connector Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Engine Running

2. Verify DTC P0325, P0327 or P0328 is not set.

image If the DTC is set

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC is not set

3. Verify the B68 Knock Sensor mounting bolt is properly tightened. Refer to Fastener Specifications .

image If not tightened to the correct specification

Repair a necessary.

image If tightened to the correct specification

4. Verify the scan tool parameters listed below display No while moving the related harnesses and connectors of the B68 Knock Sensor.

image Cylinder 1 Knock Detected image Cylinder 2 Knock Detected image Cylinder 3 Knock Detected image Cylinder 4 Knock Detected image If No is not displayed

Repair the wiring harness or connectors.

image If No is displayed

5. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

6. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

7. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B68 Knock Sensor, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for 1 - 2 V between the low signal circuit terminal 2 and ground.

image If less than 1 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the low signal circuit terminal 2 and ground. image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance.

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 2 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the low signal circuit and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 1 - 2 V

3. Test for 2 - 4 V between the high signal circuit terminal 1 and ground.

image If less than 2 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the high signal circuit terminal 1 and ground. image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance.

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the high signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 4 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the high signal circuit and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 2 - 4 V

4. Test or replace the B68 Knock Sensor.

Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Knock Sensor Replacement

image Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.

DTC P0335 OR P0336: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0335

Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit

DTC P0336

Crankshaft Position Sensor Performance

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance


P0335, P0522,


P0121, P0523,


5 V Reference

P0557, P057C,

P0335

P0558, P0651,

P0336


P0651, P118C


P118C


Signal

P0335, P0506

P0335, P0506

P0335

P0336

Low Reference

-

P0335, P0506

-

P0336

Circuit/System Description


The crankshaft position sensor circuits consist of an engine control module (ECM) supplied 5 V reference circuit, low reference circuit, and an output signal circuit. The crankshaft position sensor is a magnetic biased digital output integrated circuit sensing device. The sensor detects magnetic flux changes of invisible magnetic segments on the edge of the crankshaft position reluctor ring mounted on the crankshaft. Each magnetic segment on the ring is spaced at a 60 segment spacing with 2 missing spaces for a reference gap. The crankshaft position sensor produces an ON/OFF DC voltage of varying frequency with 58 output pulses per crankshaft revolution. The frequency of the crankshaft position sensor output depends on the velocity of the crankshaft.

The crankshaft position sensor sends a digital signal which represents an image of the crankshaft position reluctor ring to the ECM as each segment on the ring rotates past the crankshaft position sensor. The ECM uses each crankshaft position signal pulse to determine crankshaft speed and decodes the crankshaft position reluctor ring reference gap to identify crankshaft position. This information is then used to determine the optimum ignition and injection points of the engine. The ECM also uses crankshaft position sensor output information to determine the camshaft relative position to the crankshaft to control camshaft phasing and to detect cylinder

misfire.

Conditions for Running the DTC


P0335 Condition 1

image DTCs P0101, P0102 and P0103 are not set.

OR

image The drive motor 1 is engaged and the engine control module detects camshaft position sensor pulses.

AND

image The airflow into the engine is greater than 1.5 g/s.

Condition 2

image The engine is running.

Condition 3

image DTCs P0365 or P0366 are not set. image The engine is running.

P0336 Condition 1

image DTCs P0335 is not set.

image The airflow into the engine is greater than 1.5 g/s. image Engine speed is greater than 450 RPM.

Condition 2

image The engine is running.

Condition 3

image DTCs P0101, P0102, and P0103 are not set.

image The airflow into the engine is greater than 1.5 g/s.

OR

image The drive motor 1 is engaged and the engine control module detects camshaft position sensor pulses.

Condition 4

image DTCs P0365 or P0366 are not set. image The engine is running.

The DTCs run continuously once the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0335 Condition 1

The ECM does not detect a crankshaft position sensor pulse for greater than 4 s.

Condition 2

The ECM does not detect a crankshaft position sensor pulse for greater than 0.3 s.

Condition 3

The ECM does not detect a crankshaft position sensor pulse for 2 out of 10 engine revolutions.

P0336 Condition 1

The ECM detects that 10 or more crankshaft resynchronizations have occurred within 10 s.

Condition 2

The ECM does not detect the synchronization gap on the reluctor ring for greater than 0.4 s.

Condition 3

The ECM does not detect the synchronization gap on the reluctor ring for 1.5 s after the drive motor 1 was engaged.

Condition 4

The ECM detects less than 51 or greater than 65 crankshaft position sensor pulses during 1 engine revolution for 8 out of 10 engine revolutions.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


image DTCs P0335 and P0336 are Type B DTCs.

image The camshaft position sensor is used to determine engine position.

image The camshaft actuators are commanded to the parked position, if applicable.


Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P0335 and P0336 are Type B DTCs.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Electronic Ignition System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC P0651 is not set.

image If the DTC is set

Refer to DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, or P06D2 .

image If the DTC is not set

3. Engine Running.

4. Verify the scan tool Crankshaft Position Active Counter parameter increments.

image If the counter does not increment

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the counter increments

5. Verify the scan tool Crankshaft Position Resync Counter parameter displays 0 counts and the engine does not stumble or stall while moving the related harness/connectors of the B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor.

image If greater than 0 counts and the engine stumbles or stalls

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If 0 counts and the engine does not stumble or stall

6. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

7. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

8. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Vehicle OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.

2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If 2 Ω or less, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 5 Ω

3. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 1 and ground.

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the 5 V reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 5.2 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference and ground.

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 4.8 - 5.2 V

5. Test for 11 - 16 V between the signal circuit terminal 3 and ground.

image If less than 11 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance.

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 11 - 16 V

6. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

7. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater

Repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V

8. Verify DTC P0336 is not set.

image If the DTC is set


NOTE: The crankshaft position reluctor ring is magnetic and may be functionally damaged if any magnetic object comes in contact with it. This type of damage is not visually detectable but will set the DTC.


1. Inspect for the conditions listed below:

image Excessive play or looseness of the B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor or the crankshaft position reluctor ring

image Improper installation of the B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor

image Foreign material passing between the B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor and the crankshaft position reluctor ring

image Damaged crankshaft position reluctor ring

image Excessive air gap between the B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor and the crankshaft position reluctor ring

image Timing chain or belt, tensioner, and sprockets for wear or damage image If a condition is found

Repair or replace as necessary.

image If a condition is not found

2. Replace the B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor.

3. Clear the DTC and test drive the vehicle.

4. Verify the DTC is not set.

image If the DTC is set, replace the crankshaft position reluctor ring. image If the DTC is not set, all OK.

image If the DTC is not set

9. Test or replace the B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement

image Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup

DTC P0340, P0341, P0365, OR P0366: INTAKE/EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0340

Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit

DTC P0341

Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Performance

DTC P0365

Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit

DTC P0366

Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Performance

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance


5 V Reference

P018C, P0192, P0452, P0522, P0532, P0641, P2227, P2228


P0340, P0365

P018D, P0193, P0453, P0523, P0641, P2227


-

Signal

P0340, P0365

P0340, P0365

P0340, P0365

P0341, P0366

Low Reference

-

P0340, P0365

P0340, P0365

-

Circuit/System Description


The camshaft position sensors each have 3 circuits consisting of an engine control module (ECM) supplied 5 V reference circuit, low reference circuit, and an output signal circuit. The camshaft position sensor is an internally magnetic biased digital output integrated circuit sensing device. The sensor detects magnetic flux changes of the teeth and slots of a 4-tooth reluctor wheel attached to the camshaft. As each reluctor wheel tooth rotates past the camshaft position sensor, the resulting change in the magnetic field is used by the sensor electronics to produce a digital output pulse. The sensor returns a digital ON/OFF DC voltage pulse of varying frequency with 4 varying width output pulses per camshaft revolution that represent an image of the camshaft reluctor wheel. The frequency of the camshaft position sensor output depends on the velocity of the camshaft. The ECM decodes the narrow and wide tooth pattern to identify camshaft position. This information is then

used to determine the optimum ignition and injection points of the engine. The ECM uses the cylinder 1 exhaust camshaft position sensor to determine injector and ignition system synchronization. The intake and exhaust camshaft position sensors are also used to determine camshaft to crankshaft relationship. The ECM also uses camshaft position sensor output information to determine the camshaft relative position to the crankshaft to control camshaft phasing and limp-home operation.

Conditions for Running the DTC


P0340 or P0365 Condition 1

image DTCs P0101, P0102, and P0103 are not set.

image The airflow into the engine is greater than 1.5 g/s.

OR

image The starter is engaged and the engine control module detects camshaft position sensor pulses.

Condition 2

image The engine is running.

image The starter is not engaged.

Condition 3

image DTC P0335, P0336, P0641, or P0651 are not set.

image The crankshaft is synchronized. image The starter is engaged.

Condition 4

image DTC P0335, P0336, P0641, or P0651 are not set.

image The crankshaft is synchronized.

P0341 or P0366 Condition 1

image DTC P0335, P0336, P0641, or P0651 are not set.

image The crankshaft is synchronized. image The starter is engaged.

Condition 2

image DTC P0335, P0336, P0641, or P0651 are not set.

image The crankshaft is synchronized.

The DTCs run continuously once the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0340 or P0365 Condition 1

image The ECM does not detect a camshaft position sensor pulse for greater than 5.5 s.

OR

image The ECM does not detect a camshaft position sensor pulse for greater than 4 s since the time the starter has been engaged.

Condition 2

The ECM detects less than 4 camshaft position sensor pulse for greater than 3 s.

Condition 3

The ECM does not detect a camshaft position sensor pulse during the first 2 engine revolutions.

Condition 4

The ECM does not detect a camshaft position sensor pulse during 200 engine revolutions.

P0341 or P0366 Condition 1

image The ECM detects less than 4 camshaft position sensor pulses during 2 engine revolutions.

OR

image The ECM detects greater than 6 camshaft position sensor pulses during 2 engine revolutions.

Contion 2

The ECM detects less than 398 or greater than 402 camshaft position sensor pulses during 200 engine revolutions.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


image DTCs P0340, P0341, P0365, and P0366 are Type B DTCs.

image The camshaft position actuator is commanded to the Home or Parked position.

image The ignition system defaults to a failed camshaft position sensor limp home mode.


Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC


DTCs P0340, P0341, P0365, and P0366 are Type B DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


image With a DTC set, the engine may crank for an extended period of time at start-up

image The exhaust camshaft position sensor is used for injector and ignition system synchronization. A stalling condition will occur if the camshaft position sensor signal is intermittent and a DTC may not set. Inspect all camshaft position sensor circuits for poor connections.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Electronic Ignition System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC P0641 or P0651 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, or P06D2 .

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. Engine Running.

4. Verify the scan tool parameters listed below increment: image Exhaust Camshaft Position Active Counter

image Intake Camshaft Position Active Counter

image If any counter does not increment

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If all counters increment

5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

6. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

7. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Vehicle OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate B23 Camshaft Position Sensor. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.

2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If 2 Ω or less, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 5 Ω

3. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 1 and ground.

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance.

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the 5 V reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 5.2 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 4.8 - 5.2 V

5. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the signal circuit terminal 3 and ground.

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance.

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 5.2 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 4.8 - 5.2 V

6. Verify DTC P0341 or P0366 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Inspect for the conditions listed below:

image Excessive play or looseness of the B23 Camshaft Position Sensor or the reluctor wheel image Improper installation of the B23 Camshaft Position Sensor

image Foreign material passing between the B23 Camshaft Position Sensor and the reluctor wheel image Damaged reluctor wheel

image Excessive air gap between the B23 Camshaft Position Sensor and the reluctor wheel image Engine oil for debris

image Timing chain or belt, tensioner, and sprockets for wear or damage image If any of the conditions above are found, repair as necessary.

image If all components test normal, test or replace the B23 Camshaft Position Sensor.

image If none of the DTCs are set

7. Test or replace the B23 Camshaft Position Sensor.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Exhaust image Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Intake

image Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup

DTC P0351-P0354, P2300, P2301, P2303, P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, OR P2310: IGNITION COIL CONTROL CIRCUIT

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors

DTC P0351

Ignition Coil 1 Control Circuit

DTC P0352

Ignition Coil 2 Control Circuit

DTC P0353

Ignition Coil 3 Control Circuit

DTC P0354

Ignition Coil 4 Control Circuit

DTC P2300

Ignition Coil 1 Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P2301

Ignition Coil 1 Control Circuit High Voltage

DTC P2303

Ignition Coil 2 Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P2304

Ignition Coil 2 Control Circuit High Voltage

DTC P2306

Ignition Coil 3 Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P2307

Ignition Coil 3 Control Circuit High Voltage

DTC P2309

Ignition Coil 4 Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P2310

Ignition Coil 4 Control Circuit High Voltage

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage


Signal Performance


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage


Signal Performance

Ignition Coil 1 Control

P0300, P2300

P0300, P0351

P0300, P2301

P0300, P0351

Ignition Coil 2 Control

P0300, P2303

P0300, P0352

P0300, P2304

P0300, P0352

Ignition Coil 3 Control

P0300, P2306

P0300, P0353

P0300, P2307

P0300, P0353

Ignition Coil 4 Control

P0300, P2309

P0300, P0354

P0300, P2310

P0300, P0354


Circuit/System Description


The ignition system on this engine uses an individual coil for each cylinder. The engine control module (ECM) controls the spark event for each cylinder through a dedicated ignition control circuit to each coil. When the ECM commands the ignition control circuit ON, electrical current will flow through the primary winding of the ignition coil, creating a magnetic field. When a spark event is requested, the ECM will command the ignition control circuit OFF, interrupting current flow through the primary winding. The magnetic field created by the primary winding will collapse across the secondary coil windings, producing a high voltage across the spark plug electrodes. The ECM uses information from the crankshaft position sensor, and the camshaft position sensor for sequencing and timing of the spark events. The ECM monitors each ignition control circuit for improper voltage levels.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image The engine is cranking or running. image Ignition voltage greater than 11 V.

The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354, P2300, P2301, P2303, P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, and P2310 are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC


DTCs P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354, P2300, P2301, P2303, P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, and P2310 are Type B DTCs.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Electronic Ignition System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information Special Tools

EL 26792 HEI Spark Tester

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .

Circuit/System Verification


1. Engine Running.

2. Verify the scan tool parameters listed below do not display Malfunction: image Ignition Coil 1 - 4 Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status

image Ignition Coil 1 - 4 Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status image Ignition Coil 1 - 4 Control Circuit Open Test Status

image If Malfunction is displayed

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTCs. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

4. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

5. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down before an

accurate ground or low reference circuit continuity test can be performed.


1. Ignition/Vehicle & All vehicle systems - Off

2. Disconnect the appropriate electrical connector:T8 Ignition Coil

3. Test for less than 10 ohms between the test points: Ground circuit terminal 1/A & Ground

image If 10 ohms or greater

1. Disconnect the ground connection:Ground terminal

2. Test for less than 2 ohms between the test points: Ground circuit terminal 1/ A @Component harness & The other end of the circuit

image If 2 ohms or greater - Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 ohms - Repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection.

image If less than 10 ohms

4. Engine - Running

5. Verify the appropriate scan tool Ignition Coil Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status does not display Malfunction.

image If Malfunction is displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the control circuit. image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

6. Verify the appropriate scan tool Ignition Coil Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status does not display Malfunction.

image If Malfunction is displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage in the circuit. image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

7. Vehicle OFF, install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the control circuit terminal 3 or C and ground, engine Running.

8. Verify the appropriate scan tool Ignition Coil Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status displays Malfunction.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the fused jumper, and disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the control circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If Malfunction is displayed

9. Test or replace the T8 Ignition Coil.


Component Test


NOTE: You must perform the Circuit/System Testing before proceeding with Component Testing.


1. Vehicle OFF, connect the EL 26792 HEI spark tester to the appropriate T8 Ignition Coil.

2. Engine Running.

3. Verify the spark output of the T8 Ignition Coil.

image If no output or the output is weak

Replace the T8 Ignition Coil.

image If the output is normal

4. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Ignition Coil Replacement

image Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup

DTC P0401: EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) FLOW INSUFFICIENT

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0401

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Flow Insufficient

Circuit/System Description


The ECM uses the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) position sensor to determine the position of the EGR valve. The engine control module (ECM) sends a pulse width modulated voltage signal to the EGR input signal circuit. The ECM provides a voltage return path for the sensor through the low reference circuit. A pulse width modulated signal, based on the EGR valve position, is sent from the sensor to the ECM through the EGR output signal circuit. The ECM compares the actual EGR position with the desired EGR position when the EGR valve is commanded open or closed.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTC P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P010B, P010C, P010D, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0117, P0118,

P0121, P0178, P0179, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0207, P0208, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P0273, P0274, P0276, P0277, P0279, P0280, P0282, P0283, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0335, P0336, P0403, P0404, P0405, P0406, P042E, P0489, P0490, P0502, P0503, P0506, P0507, P0604, P0641, P0651, P0722, P0723, P1104, P1248, P1249, P124A, P124B, P124C, P124D, P124E, P124F, P1258, P1426, P1437, P2100, P2101, P2102, P2103, P2147, P2148, P2150, P2151, P2153, P2154, P2156, P2157, P216B, P216C, P216E, P216F, P217B, P217C, P217E, P217F, or P2269 is not set.

image Battery voltage is greater than 11 V.

image Barometric pressure (BARO) is greater than 70 kPa (10 PSI). image Decel fuel cut-off state does not change for 250 ms.

image Mass air pressure (MAP) change is less than 1 kPa (0.15 PSI). image MAP is between 20 - 50 kPa (3 - 7 PSI).

image The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met for 7 s.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0401

The ECM detects the EGR flow is below a calibrated amount when the EGR is commanded ON.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets DTCs P0401, is a Type A DTC. Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTCs P0401 is a Type A DTC. Diagnostic Aids

A stuck EGR valve or a restriction anywhere in the exhaust gas recirculation system due to excessive coking or debris may cause this DTC to set.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify no other DTCs are set.

image If any other DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle

image If no other DTCs are set

3. Verify none of the conditions listed below exist:

image Restrictions in the EGR cooler, valve, pipes, passages, and intake manifold inlet image Binding, damaged or restricted EGR valve or pipes.

image Exhaust system leaks.

image Exhaust system restrictions. image Wet or restricted air filter.

image Loose or improperly connected hoses. image Damaged or missing components.

image If any of the above conditions exists

Clean the components as necessary.orRepair or replace the components as necessary.

image If none of the conditions exist

4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

5. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Repair or replace the components as necessary. - Exhaust Gas Recirculation CoolerorExhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Inlet PipeorExhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Outlet Pipe

image If the DTC does not set

6. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Replacement

image Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Outlet Pipe Replacement

image Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming and setup.

DTC P0403, P0489, OR P0490: EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) CONTROL

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0403

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Control Circuit

DTC P0489

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0490

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Control Circuit High Voltage

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

Motor Ignition

P0403, P0489

P0403, P0489

-

-

Motor Ground

-

P0403

-

-

Input Signal

P0403, P0489

P0403, P0489, P046C

P0404, P0490

P0404, P042E

Output Signal

P0406

P0405

P0405

P0404, P042E

Low Reference

-

P0405

-

-

Circuit/System Description


The ECM uses the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) position sensor to determine the position of the EGR valve. The engine control module (ECM) sends a pulse width modulated voltage signal to the EGR input signal circuit. The ECM provides a voltage return path for the sensor through the low reference circuit. A pulse width modulated signal, based on the EGR valve position, is sent from the sensor to the ECM through the EGR output signal circuit. The ECM compares the actual EGR position with the desired EGR position when the EGR valve is commanded open or closed.

Conditions for Running the DTC


P0403, P0489, or P0490

image The engine is cranking or running.

image The battery voltage is greater than 11 V.

image The EGR control circuit is complete. image The EGR is commanded on.

image The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0403, P0489

The ECM detects an open circuit of the EGR valve between the signal and controller ground, an open circuit in the motor ignition circuit, or a signal short to ground condition for greater than 30 s.

P0490

The ECM detects a short to voltage condition of the EGR valve signal circuit for greater than 30 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P0403, P0489, and P0490 are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P0403, P0489, and P0490 are Type B DTCs.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify the scan tool parameters listed below display OK: image EGR Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status

image EGR Control Circuit Open Voltage Test Status image EGR Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status image If not OK

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If OK

3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTCs. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

4. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing

image If the DTC does not set

5. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing

1. Vehicle OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve.

2. Test for less than 10 Ω between the motor ground circuit terminal 2 and ground.

image If 10 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the motor ground circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection.

image If less than 10 Ω

3. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the motor ignition circuit terminal 1 and ground.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the motor ignition circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.


NOTE: A short circuit in any component supplied by the fuse may cause the fuse to open and set a DTC when the component is activated.

2. Disconnect all components on the fused circuit.

3. Test for infinite resistance between the motor ignition circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance, test all components supplied by the fuse and replace as necessary.

image If the test lamp illuminates

5. Vehicle OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.

6. Test for less than 10 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 5 and ground.

image If 10 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 10 Ω

7. Vehicle in Service Mode.

8. Test for greater than 1 V between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 3 & Ground

image If less than 1 V

1. Vehicle Off and all vehicle systems Off.

2. Disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the output signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω

4. Test for infinite resistance between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 3 & Ground image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module

image If greater than 1 V

9. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

10. Test for less than 1 V between the input signal circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater

Repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V

11. Vehicle OFF, connect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

12. Test for greater than 11 V between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 4 & Ground

image If less than 11 V

1. Vehicle Off and all vehicle systems Off.

2. Disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the output signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω

4. Test for infinite resistance between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 4 & Ground image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module

image If greater than 1 V

13. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

14. Test for less than 1 V between the output signal circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V

15. Test or replace the Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Replacement

image Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming and setup

DTC P0404 OR P042E: EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION OPEN/CLOSED POSITION PERFORMANCE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0404

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Open Position Performance

DTC P042E

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Closed Position Performance

Circuit/System Description


The ECM uses the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) position sensor to determine the position of the EGR valve. The engine control module (ECM) sends a pulse width modulated voltage signal to the EGR input signal circuit. The ECM provides a voltage return path for the sensor through the low reference circuit. A pulse width modulated signal, based on the EGR valve position, is sent from the sensor to the ECM through the EGR output signal circuit. The ECM compares the actual EGR position with the desired EGR position when the EGR valve is commanded open or closed.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTCs P0401, P0403, P0405, P0406, P0489, or P0490 are not set

image The battery voltage is greater than 11 V. image The engine is running

image The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0404

The ECM detects the desired position of the EGR valve compared to the actual position value is too large for greater than 12 s.

P042E

The ECM detects the EGR valve is stuck open when commanded closed for greater than 1 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTC P0404 and P042E are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTC P0404 and P042E are Type B DTCs.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC P0401, P0403, P0489, P0490, or P0641 is not set

image If the DTC is set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If the DTC is not set

3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

4. Verify DTC P0404 or P042E does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

5. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Verify that the conditions listed below are not present at the Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve: image Stuck Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve

image Any coking, soot build up, debris or damage that can cause the EGR valve to stick partially open or closed

image If a condition is present

Repair as necessary

image If no condition is present

2. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve, vehicle in Service Mode.

3. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the input signal circuit terminal 3 and ground.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.

2. Disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the input signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω

4. Test for infinite resistance between the input signal circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module

image If the test lamp illuminates

4. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service

Mode.

5. Test for less than 1 V between the input signal circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater

Repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V

6. Vehicle OFF, connect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

7. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the output signal circuit terminal 4 and ground.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.

2. Disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the output signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω

4. Test for infinite resistance between the output signal circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module

image If the test lamp illuminates

8. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

9. Test for less than 1 V between the output signal circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater

Repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V

10. Replace the Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Replacement

image Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.

DTC P0405 OR P0406: EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) POSITION SENSOR

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors

DTC P0405

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Position Sensor Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0406

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Position Sensor Circuit High Voltage

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage


Signal Performance

Input Signal

P0403, P0489

P0403, P0489, P046C

P0404, P0490

P0404, P042E

Output Signal

P0406

P0405

P0405

P0404, P042E

Low Reference

-

P0405

-

-

Circuit/System Description


The ECM uses the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) position sensor to determine the position of the EGR valve. The engine control module (ECM) sends a pulse width modulated voltage signal to the EGR input signal circuit. The ECM provides a voltage return path for the sensor through the low reference circuit. A pulse width modulated signal, based on the EGR valve position, is sent from the sensor to the ECM through the EGR output signal circuit. The ECM compares the actual EGR position with the desired EGR position when the EGR valve is commanded open or closed.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image The engine is running for greater than 12 s. image Battery voltage is greater than 11 V.

image The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0405

The EGR valve position sensor output signal circuit is open or shorted to voltage, or the low reference circuit is open.

P0406

The EGR valve position sensor output signal circuit is shorted to ground.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P0405 and P0406 are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P0405 and P0406 are Type B DTCs.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTCs P0401, P0403, P0489, P0490, or P0641 is not set.

image If a DTC sets

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If a DTC does not set

3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTCs. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

4. Verify a DTC does not set.

image If a DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing

image If a DTC does not set

5. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for greater than 4 V between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 4 & Ground

image If less than 11 V

1. Vehicle Off and all vehicle systems Off.

2. Disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the output signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω

4. Test for infinite resistance between the output signal circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module

image If greater than 11 V

3. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Test for less than 1 V between the output signal circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater

Repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V

5. Test or replace the Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Replacement

image Control Module References for ECM replacement, programming and setup.

DTC P040B-P040E OR P041B-P041E: EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P040B

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor 2 Performance

DTC P040C

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P040D

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage

DTC P040E

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor 2 Circuit Intermittent

DTC P041B

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor 1 Performance

DTC P041C

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P041D

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit High Voltage

DTC P041E

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Intermittent

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

Supply Voltage

P040C, P041C

P040D, P041D

P040D, P041D,

*

P040B, P041B

Low Reference

-

P040D, P041D

-

P040B, P041B

* Internal ECM or Sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+

Typical Scan Tool Data


EGR Temperature Sensor 1 or 2


Circuit


Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance


Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: Ignition ON, engine OFF

Parameter Normal Range: Varies depending on current ambient temperature and the vehicle operating conditions

Supply Voltage

200°C (392°F)

200°C (392°F)

200°C (392°F)

Low Reference

-

200°C (392°F)

200°C (392°F)

Circuit/System Description


The exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) temperature sensors are variable resistors that measure the temperature of the exhaust gas. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 volts to the EGR temperature sensor signal circuit and a ground for the low reference circuit. When the EGR temperature sensor is cold, the sensor resistance is high. When the EGR temperature increases, the sensor resistance decreases. With high sensor resistance, the ECM detects a higher voltage on the EGR temperature signal circuit. With lower sensor resistance, the ECM detects a lower voltage on the EGR temperature signal circuit.

Conditions for Running the DTC


P040B and P041B

image DTC P262B is not set

image System voltage is greater than 11 V image Engine OFF for greater than 8 h

image The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P040C, P040D, P040E, P041C, P041D, and P041E

image System voltage is greater than 11 V image The engine is cranking or running

image The EGR temperature sensor is commanded ON

image The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P040B and P041B

image The ECM detects that the EGR temperature sensor has not changed greater than a calibrated amount for greater than a calibrated amount of time following a cold start

image Above conditions must be met for 10 s

P040C and P0141C

image The ECM detects that the EGR temperature sensor resistance is less than 100 Ω

image Above conditions must be met for 7 s

P040D and P0141D

image The ECM detects that the EGR temperature sensor resistance is greater than 1, 400 Ω

image Above conditions must be met for 7 s

P040Eand P0141E

image The ECM detects that the EGR temperature sensor resistance change is greater than 10 Ω

image Above conditions must be met for 3 s


Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P040B, P040C, P040D, P040E, P041B, P041C, P041D, and P041E are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P040B, P040C, P040D, P040E, P041B, P041C, P041D, and P041E are Type B DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


image Inspect the EGR temperature sensor terminals for corrosion.

image If the EGR temperature sensor signal circuit is shorted to a separate 5-volt source, the DTC will set.

image If the engine has cooled for at least 8 hrs, the scan tool EGR Temperature Sensor and the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor values should display within 3°C (5°F).

image EGR cooler temperature sensors may fail while operating under extreme temperatures. Review the Freeze Frame/Failure Records to verify the failure criteria.

image With a fault present, the sensor reads a software defaulted value of 200°C (392°F) and does not change with an expected temperature increase or decrease.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Engine Running.

2. Verify the scan tool EGR Cooler Temperature Sensor parameter is between -39° to +999°C (-38° to

+1, 830°F) and changes with engine run time.

image If not within the specified range or does not change

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If within the specified range and changes

3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not set. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

4. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

5. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Vehicle Off, exchange the suspect harness connector at the B130 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor with the known functioning Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor, Ignition - On / Vehicle - In Service Mode

2. Verify the DTC related to the known functioning Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Test or replace the B130 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor

image If the DTC does not set

3. Vehicle Off, and all vehicle systems Off. Install original harness connector to the known functioning B130 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.

4. Leave the harness connector at the appropriate B130 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensors disconnected.

5. Test for less than 10 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground.

image If 10 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 10 Ω

6. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

7. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater

Repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V

8. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance

Repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance

9. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Temperature Sensor Replacement - Position 1 image Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Temperature Sensor Replacement - Position 2 image Control Module References for ECM replacement, programming, and setup

DTC P0420: CATALYST SYSTEM LOW EFFICIENCY

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P0420

Catalyst System Low Efficiency

Circuit/System Description


A 3-way catalyst controls emissions of hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide (CO) and nitrogen oxide (NOx). The catalyst within the converter promotes a chemical reaction, which oxidizes the hydrocarbons and the CO that are present in the exhaust gas. This process converts the hydrocarbons and the CO into water vapor and carbon dioxide (CO2), and reduces the NOx, converting the NOx into nitrogen. The catalyst also stores oxygen. The engine control module (ECM) monitors this process by using heated oxygen sensors (HO2S) that are in the exhaust stream before and after the 3- way catalyst. The HO2S produces an output signal that the ECM uses to calculate the oxygen storage capacity of the catalyst. This indicates the ability of the catalyst to convert the exhaust emissions efficiently. The ECM monitors the efficiency of the catalyst by monitoring the HO2S during an off-idle, decel fuel cut off (DFCO) event. When the catalyst is functioning properly, the post catalyst HO2S response to the fuel conditions during the DFCO event is slow compared to the response of the pre catalyst HO2S. When the post HO2S response is near that of the pre HO2S, the oxygen storage capability and efficiency of the catalyst may be degraded below an acceptable threshold.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037, P0038, P0053, P0054, P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0135, P0137, P0138, P0141, P0171, P0172, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0222, P0223, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P16F3, P2101, P2135,

P2270, or P2271 is not set.

image Ignition voltage is between 10 - 32 V. image HO2S heater resistance is learned.

image Accelerator pedal position is no more than 3%.

image Mass air flow (MAF) is between 2 - 20 g/s. image Fuel level is greater than 10%.

image Fuel system is in closed loop.

image Evaporative emissions (EVAP) diagnostics are not in control of purge.

image Predicted catalyst temperature is between 550 - 910°C (1, 022 - 1, 670°F). image HO2S heater is commanded On for greater than 60 s.

image Engine speed is between 1, 900 - 3, 500 RPM to initially enable the test. image Engine speed is between 1, 850 - 3, 650 RPM to keep the test enabled.

image Vehicle speed is between 66 - 125 km/h (41 - 78 mph) to initially enable the test. image Vehicle speed is between 58 - 128 km/h (36 - 80 mph) to keep the test enabled.

image Engine is operating in decel fuel cut off (DFCO).

This diagnostic attempts one test during each valid decel fuel cut off period once the above conditions have been met. This diagnostic attempts up to 3 tests during each drive cycle.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM has detected that the catalyst efficiency has degraded below a calibrated threshold.

Action Taken When The DTC Sets DTC P0420 is a Type A DTC. Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC DTC P0420 is a Type A DTC. Diagnostic Aids

Inspect for the conditions listed below, which may cause a catalyst to degrade:

image Engine misfire

image High engine oil or high coolant consumption image Retarded spark timing

image Weak or poor spark image Lean fuel mixture

image Rich fuel mixture

image Damaged oxygen sensor or wiring harness


Reference Information


Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections

image Wiring Repairs

image Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs

DTC Types Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify there are no other DTCs set.

image If other DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If no other DTCs are set

3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC.

4. Verify the scan tool Catalyst Monitor Not At Idle Test Conditions Met parameter changes to Yes.

image If Yes is not displayed

Refer to step 3.

image If Yes is displayed

5. When the conditions are safe, stop and idle the vehicle in gear if equipped with automatic transmission or neutral if equipped with manual transmission.

6. Verify the Catalyst Monitor Test Result parameter displays Passed when performing the steps listed below:

1. Apply the service brake.

2. Monitor the scan tool Catalyst Monitor Test State parameter. When the parameter indicates Active, the Catalyst Monitor Test is running.


NOTE: When the test has completed, the Catalyst Monitor Test Counter parameter will increment by one and the Catalyst Monitor Test Result parameter will indicate Passed, Failed or No Result.


3. Continue to monitor the parameter. When the parameter indicates Inactive, the Catalyst Monitor Test has completed.

image If No Result is displayed

Repeat steps 3 - 6 until the Test Result parameter indicates Passed or Failed

image If Failed is displayed

Refer to Circuit /System Testing

image If Passed is displayed

7. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Verify the conditions listed below do not exist with the catalytic converter: image Dents

image Severe discoloration caused by excessive temperatures image Road damage

image Internal rattles caused by damaged catalyst substrate image Restrictions

image If a condition is found

Replace the catalytic converter.

image If no condition is found

2. Verify the conditions listed below do not exist with the exhaust system: image Leaks

image Physical damage

image Loose or missing hardware

image If a condition is found

Repair or replace the component as necessary.

image If no condition is found

3. Verify the conditions listed below do not exist with the B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2: image Incorrect torque

image Damage

image If a condition is found

Replace the B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 or repair the condition as necessary.

image If no condition is found

4. Replace the catalytic converter.


Repair Instructions

image Three-Way Catalytic Converter Replacement image Exhaust Leakage

image Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2

image Perform the HO2S Heater Learn procedure with a scan tool after replacing a heated oxygen sensor.

image Restricted Exhaust


Repair Verification

1. Install any components that have been removed or replaced during diagnosis.

2. Perform any adjustments, programming or setup procedures that are required when a component is removed or replaced.

3. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool.

4. Turn Off the ignition for 60 s

5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC.

6. Verify the scan tool Catalyst Monitor Not At Idle Test Conditions Met parameter changes to Yes.

image If Yes is not displayed

Refer to step 5.

image If Yes is displayed

7. When the conditions are safe, stop and idle the vehicle in gear if equipped with automatic transmission or neutral if equipped with manual transmission.

8. Verify the Catalyst Monitor Test Result parameter displays Passed when performing the steps listed below:

1. Apply the service brake.

2. Monitor the scan tool Catalyst Monitor Test State parameter. When the parameter indicates Active, the Catalyst Monitor Test is running.


NOTE: When the test has completed, the Catalyst Monitor Test Counter parameter will increment by one and the Catalyst Monitor Test Result parameter will indicate Passed, Failed or No Result.


3. Continue to monitor the parameter. When the parameter indicates Inactive, the Catalyst Monitor Test has completed.

image If No Result is displayed

Repeat steps 5 - 8 until the Test Result parameter indicates Passed or Failed

image If Failed is displayed

Refer to Circuit /System Testing

image If Passed is displayed

9. All OK.

DTC P043E, P043F, OR P145F: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM REFERENCE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors

DTC P043E

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Reference Orifice Flow Insufficient

DTC P043F

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Reference Orifice Flow Excessive

DTC P145F

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Reference Orifice Performance

Circuit/System Description


The evaporative emission (EVAP) system uses a EVAP leak detection pump to test for system leaks. The EVAP leak detection pump assembly consists of the following components:

image EVAP leak detection pump with reference orifice image EVAP leak detection pump switching valve

image EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor

The engine control module (ECM) monitors the pressure across the reference orifice with the EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor. When all conditions are met, the ECM commands the vacuum pump ON and monitors the EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor. If the ECM detects the pressure is too low, too high, or not stabilized, a DTC sets.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P012B, P012C, P012D, P0222, P0223, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0461, P0462, P0463, P0498, P0499, P0502, P0503, P06E4, P0722, P0723, P1221, P1458, P1459, P145A, P145C, P145D, P145E, P2066, P2067, P2068, P2400, P2401, P2402, P2418, P2419, P2420, P2421, P2422, P2450, P2537, P2610, U0073, U0074, U0140, or U182D is not set.

image The vehicle is OFF.

image The propulsion system is not active.

image The refueling request button is not pressed image A service bay test is not active

image The purge valve is closed

image The vent solenoid valve is closed

image The EVAP Leak Detection Pump switching valve is in the vent position image The EVAP Leak Detection Pump vacuum pump is ON

image The odometer is greater than 16 km (10 mi)

image The barometric pressure (BARO) is between 70 - 110 kPa (10 - 16 PSI) image The fuel level is between 10 - 90%

image The engine coolant temperature is less than 40°C (104°F)

image The intake air temperature is between 4 - 45°C (39 - 113°F)

image The system voltage is greater than 10 V

image The vehicle speed less than 1.6 km/h (1 MPH)

image There are three possible time windows for this test to run. Up to that point, and through this time period, the propulsion system must not be active. These time windows are: 5.0, 7.0 or 9.5 h.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


P043E

image The ECM detects the EVAP leak detection pump pressure is greater than 4 kPa (0.58 PSI) after 6 min.

OR

image The ECM detects the EVAP leak detection pump pressure is greater than 4.5 kPa (0.65 PSI) after 30 s.

P043F

image The ECM detects the EVAP leak detection pump pressure is less than 1.18 kPa (0.17 PSI) after 6 min.

OR

image The ECM detects the EVAP leak detection pump pressure is less than 1.18 kPa (0.17 PSI) after 30 s.

P145F

The ECM detects the difference between the first and second EVAP leak detection pump pressure measurement is greater than 0.51 kPa (0.073 PSI).

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P043E, P043F and P145F are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P043E, P043F and P145F are Type B DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


image Inspect the tube and clamps from the EVAP leak detection pump to the vent solenoid for damage. A damage/open tube may allow debris to enter the pump and plug the reference orifice.

image Remove the EVAP leak detection pump and look inside the pump opening for any debris that could restrict or plug the reference orifice. The reference orifice is a small opening at the 2 o'clock position in the pump vacuum opening. Inspect for missing or damage O-rings.

image With the fresh air tube removed from the EVAP leak detection pump assembly, blow controlled air, 5 - 10 PSI, into this tube. There should be air escaping from behind the fuel fill pocket indicating this tube and filter are not restricted.

image A switching valve stuck in the pump position can cause insufficient flow.

image This part is not serviceable. It is very important that no debris be found in the pump fresh air inlet or vacuum openings, the tube between the vent solenoid valve and EVAP leak detection pump assembly as this could cause a P043E to set.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Powertrain Component View

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

Evaporative Emission Control System Description

Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode, verify the scan tool EVAP Leak Detection Pump Pressure sensor reading is within the range specified in the Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure table.

2. Record the EVAP Leak Detection Pump Pressure sensor reading.

3. Command the EVAP Leak Detection Pump Command ON with the scan tool and monitor the EVAP Leak Detection Pump Pressure.

4. After 6 min record the EVAP Leak Detection Pump Pressure sensor reading. The reading should be 1.18 - 4 kPa (0.17-0.58 PSI) less than the initial reading from step 2.

5. Continue monitoring for an additional 5-10 min and then record the EVAP Leak Detection Pump Pressure sensor reading.

6. The reading should be 1.18 - 4.5 kPa (0.17-0.58 PSI) less than the initial reading from step 2, and the difference between the step 4 and step 5 readings less than 0.51 kpa (.07 PSI)

7. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within

the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: The reference orifice is a small opening at the 2 o'clock position in the pump vacuum opening.


1. Vehicle OFF, remove the Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly.

2. Inspect the reference orifice within the pump for a restriction/blockage. There should be no restriction.

image If the reference orifice is restricted

Inspect and repair any of the conditions listed below:

image The EVAP leak detection pump to the vent solenoid tube and clamps for damage image A missing or damage EVAP leak detection pump O-rings

image The fresh air tube near the fuel fill pocket for a restriction image The fresh air tube for a restriction

image If all components test normal

Replace the Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Control Module References for ECM replacement, programming and setup

image Evaporative Emission System Vacuum Leak Detection Pump Replacement

DTC P0442 OR P0455: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0442

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Small Leak Detected

DTC P0455

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Large Leak Detected

Circuit/System Description


This DTC tests the evaporative emission (EVAP) system for a small and large leak when the Vehicle is turned OFF and the correct conditions are met. The propulsion system needs to be OFF for several hours before the

small and large leak tests run. The EVAP leak detection pump creates a vacuum across a 0.51 mm (0.020 in) reference orifice. This reference vacuum is then compared to the vacuum level created in the fuel tank to determine if a leak exists

The following table illustrates the relationship between the ON and OFF states, and the OPEN or CLOSED states of the EVAP components:



Engine Control Module Command

EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve


EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Valve


Vacuum Pump


Switch Valve

ON

Open

Open/Venting

Pump Runs

Pump Position/Not Venting

OFF

Closed

Closed/Not Venting

Pump OFF

Vent Position

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTCs P043E, P043F, P06E4, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0117, P0118, P0116, P0119, P0128, P0449, P0498, P0499, P1458, P145A, P145C, P145D, P145E, P145F, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0461, P0462, P0463, P0502, P0503, P0722, P0723, P1459, P2066, P2067, P2068, P2400, P2401, P2402, P2418, P2419, P2420, P2421, P2422, P2450, P2537, P2610, U0140, U182D, U0073, U0074, is not set.

image The barometric pressure (BARO) is between 70 - 110 kPa (10 - 16 PSI). image The fuel level is between 10 - 90%.

image The ECT is less than 40°C (104°F).

image The IAT is between 4 - 45°C (39 - 113°F). image The system voltage is greater than 10 V.

image Vehicle speed less than 1.6 km/h (1 MPH).

image A refueling event needs to be detected prior to running this test - P0455 only.

image There are three possible time windows for this test to run. Up to that point and through this time period the propulsion system must not be active. These time windows are: 5.0, 7.0 or 9.5 hours.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0442

DTC P0442 sets when the EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor (gauge) vacuum reading is less than the

0.51 mm (0.020 in) reference orifice vacuum measurement plus a calibrated value for greater than 6 min.

P0455

DTC P0455 sets after a refueling event has been detected and the small/large leak diagnostics have not passed. If the EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor (gauge) vacuum reading is less than the 0.51 mm (0.020 in) reference orifice vacuum measurement and times a calibrated value for greater than 6 min.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P0442 and P0455 are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

DTCs P0442 and P0455 are Type B DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


image The EVAP system can be filled with smoke more quickly and completely by injecting smoke at the purge tube and commanding the vent solenoid valve open. For example, when injecting smoke at the purge tube, remove the filler cap or temporarily leave the vent solenoid valve open until smoke is observed.

Close the system and continue testing. If using a fuel cap adapter at the filler neck, disconnect the purge tube at the EVAP purge solenoid valve until smoke is observed.

image To help locate intermittent leaks using the GE 41413-A move all EVAP components while observing smoke with the GE 41413-SPT .

image To improve the visibility of the smoke exiting the EVAP system, observe the suspected leak area from different angles with a high intensity white light.

image If a small leak is difficult to find, it may be necessary to remove the EVAP components and test them one at a time using the adapters in the GE 41413-300 .

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Powertrain Component View

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

image Evaporative Emission Control System Description image Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

image CH 48096 EVAP Service Access Port Tool

image GE 41413-300 EVAP Cap And Plug Kit

image GE 41413-A Evaporative Emissions System Tester

image GE 41413-SPT High Intensity White Light

image J 41415-30 Fuel Tank Cap Adapter

image J 41413-311 EVAP Plug (Brass Nozzle)

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .

Circuit/System Verification


WARNING: Refer to Fuel and Evaporative Emission Pipe Warning . CAUTION: Refer to Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Caution .

1. Verify the following conditions do not exist in the EVAP system: image Loose, incorrect, missing, or damaged fuel fill cap

image A damaged EVAP purge solenoid

image Disconnected, incorrectly routed, kinked, or damaged EVAP pipes and hoses image A damaged EVAP vent valve or EVAP canister

image If you find any of the above conditions

Repair as necessary

image If none of the above are found

2. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

3. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

4. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: image The fuel sender may need to be accessed to inspect some of the EVAP system components.

image Larger volume fuel tanks and/or those with lower fuel levels may require several minutes for the floating indicator to stabilize.

image Introduce smoke at 15 s intervals while testing the system.

image Ensure that the vehicle underbody temperature is similar to the ambient

temperature and allow the surrounding air to stabilize before starting the diagnostic procedure. The system flow will be less with higher temperatures.

image Refer to the GE 41413-A operation manual for detailed instructions in Evaporative Emission Control System Diagnosis.


1. Disconnect the purge tube at the quick connector on the EVAP canister side of the purge solenoid valve and install the CH 48096 .

2. Connect the GE 41413-A to the CH 48096 .

3. Vehicle in Service Mode

4. Verify that there is no leak in the EVAP system using the flow meter on the GE 41413-A , calibrated to

0.51 mm (0.020 in).

image If a leak is detected

1. Apply smoke to the EVAP system at the service access port adapter with the GE 41413-A .

2. Locate the leak using the GE 41413-SPT .

image When the leak is located, repair or replace the affected component as necessary.

image If no leak detected


NOTE: The steps below test for a restriction in the purge path.


5. Connect the GE 41413-A nitrogen/smoke hose to the J 41413-311 .

6. Disconnect the hose at the fuel cap end of the GE 41415-30 and connect to the J 41413-311 .

7. Install the GE 41415-30 , filler neck end only, to the vehicle.

8. Vehicle in Service Mode

9. Command the EVAP Test ON with a scan tool.

10. Verify the vacuum/pressure gauge on the GE 41413-A and the scan tool Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter both show vacuum.

image If the vacuum/pressure gauge shows vacuum but the Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter does not show vacuum

Replace the B150 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor.

image If both do not show vacuum

Repair the restriction in the purge path.

image If both show vacuum

11. Verify that the Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter increases to greater than 3.2 V, and the pressure values are similar between the scan tool Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor and the vacuum/pressure gauge on the GE 41413-A .

image If not within the specified range

Replace the B150 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor.

image If within the specified range

12. All OK


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement image Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement

image Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement image Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement

DTC P0443, P0458, OR P0459: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) PURGE SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Diagnostic Procedure Instructions provides an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0443

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Purge Solenoid Valve Control Circuit

DTC P0458

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Purge Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0459

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Purge Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage

Diagnostic Fault Information


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage


Ignition

P0030, P0036, P0102, P0135, P0138, P0141, P0443, P0458, P0598

P0030, P0036, P0102, P0135, P0138, P0141, P0443, P0458, P0598


-

Control

P0458

P0443

P0459

Circuit/System Description


The evaporative emission (EVAP) purge solenoid valve is used to purge fuel vapor from the EVAP canister to the intake manifold. The EVAP purge solenoid valve is pulse width modulated (PWM). Ignition voltage is supplied directly to the EVAP purge solenoid valve. The engine control module (ECM) controls the solenoid by grounding the control circuit with a solid state device called a driver. The driver is equipped with a feedback

circuit that is pulled-up to a voltage. The ECM can determine if the control circuit is open, shorted to ground, or shorted to a voltage by monitoring the feedback voltage.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image The vehicle is ON.

image The powertrain relay voltage is greater than 11 V.

image DTCs P0443, P0458 and P0459 run continuously when the above conditions are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match for a minimum of 5 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P0443, P0458 and P0459 are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P0443, P0458 and P0459 are Type B DTCs.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Powertrain Component View

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

Evaporative Emission Control System Description

Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode, command the EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve to 50% with a scan tool. You should hear the solenoid clicking.

image No clicking heard

Refer to Circuit/ System testing

image Clicking heard

2. Engine running, command the EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve from 0% to 50% and back to 0% with a scan tool.

3. Verify the scan tool parameters listed below do not display Malfunction.

image EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status image EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Open Test Status

image EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status

image If Malfunction is displayed

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

4. Verify the EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Control Circuit parameters above do not display Malfunction when moving the related harnesses and connectors of the Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve.

image If Malfunction is displayed

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

6. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

7. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve,

vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition voltage circuit terminal B or 1 and ground.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ignition circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance, test all components connected to the ignition voltage circuit for a short and replace as necessary.

image If the test lamp illuminates

3. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the ignition circuit terminal B or 1 and the control circuit terminal A or 2.

image If the test lamp illuminates

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate

4. Remove the test lamp.

5. Verify the EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status parameter displays OK when commanding the EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve to 50% with a scan tool.

image If OK is not displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If OK is displayed

6. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the control circuit terminal A or 2 and the ignition circuit terminal B or 1.

7. Verify the EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status parameter displays Malfunction when commanding the EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve to 50% with a scan tool.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the jumper wire, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the control circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If Malfunction is displayed

8. Test or replace the Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve.


Component Testing


Static Test

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve.

2. Test for 10-30 Ω between the control terminal A or 2 and the ignition, terminal B or 1.

image If not between 10-30 Ω

Replace the Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve.

image If between 10-30 Ω

3. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement

image Control Module References for ECM replacement, programming and setup.


image


image